PB  180 522T
i
         U.S.S.R. LITERATURE ON AIR POLLUTION AND
         RELATED  OCCUPATIONAL DISEASES  - VOLUME 17.
         THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND HYGIENIC IMPOR-
         TANCE OF ATMOSPHERIC  POLLUTANTS - BOOK  10

          B. S. Levine
           i
          B. S. Levine
          Washington,  D. C

          1968

-------
1-
-~"'"
REPORT

selection aids
Pinpointing R & D reports for industry
Clearinghouse, Springfield, Va. 22151
U.S. GOVERNMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT REPORTS CUSGRDR>---SEMI-MONTHL.Y
JOURNAL. ANNOUNCING RScD REPORTS. ANNUAL. SUBSCRIPTION $30.00 ($37.50 FOREIGN
MAIL.ING). SINGL.E COPY 53.00.
U.S. GOVERNMENT RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT REPORTS INDEX-"SEMI-MONTHL.Y
INDEX TO U.s. GOVERNMENT RESEARCH AND DEVEL.OPMENT REPORTS. ANNUAL.
SUBSCRIPTION 522.00 (527.50 FOREIGN MAIL.ING). SINGL.E COpy $3.00.
FAST ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICE---SUMMARIES OF SEL.ECTED RScD REPORTS COMPIL.ED AND
MAl L.ED BY SUBJECT CATEGORIES. ANNUAL. SUBSCRIPTION 55.00, TWO YEARS: 59.00,
AND THREE YEARS: 512.00. WRITE FOR AN APPL.ICATION FORM.
DOCUMENT PRICES---AL.MOST AL.L. OF THE DOCUMENTS IN THE CL.EARINGHOUSE COL.L.ECTION
ARE PRICED AT 53.00 FOR PAPER COPIES AND 65 CENTS FOR COPIES IN MICROFICHE.
COUPONS---THE CL.EARINGHOUSE PREPAID DOCUMENT COUPON SAL.ES SYSTEM FOR
PURCHASING PAPER COPIES AND MICROFICHE PROVIDES FASTER, MORE EFFICIENT
SERVICE ON DOCUMENT REQUESTS. THE PREPAID COUPON IS A TABUL.ATING CARD
WITH A FACE VAL.UE OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF A CL.EARINGHOUSE DOCUMENT
(53.00 PAPER COpy OR 65 CENTS MICROFICHE). IT IS YOUR METHOD OF PAYMENT,
ORDER FORM, SHIPPING L.ABEL., AND RECEIPT OF SAL.E.
COUPONS FOR PAPER COpy (HC) DOCUMENTS ARE AVAIL.ABL.E AT 53.00 EACH OR IN
BOOKS OF 10 COUPONS FOR 530.00. COUPONS FOR MICROFICHE COPIES OF CL.EARING-
HOUSE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAIL.ABL.E IN BOOKS OF 50 COUPONS FOR 532.50. WRITE
FOR A COUPON ORDER FORM.
'u. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1966 0 - 326-773
J

-------
U.S.S.R.  LITERATURE ON  AIR  POLLUTION
    AND RELATED OCCUPATIONAL
                 DISEASES
                      1 7

                A .SURVEY
              by B. 1. L«vin«, Ph. D.
THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND HYGIENIC IMPORTANCE
        OF ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTANTS

                  BOOK 10
                Processed by
      CLEARINGHOUSE FOR FEDERAL SCIENTIFIC
          AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION
        U. S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
              Springfield, Virginia

-------
The  present English edition is a part of a survey conducted by
                   B. S. Levine,  Ph. D.
              of 3312 Northampton St. ,  N. W.
                  Washington, D.  C. 20015
       supported by PHS Research Grant AP - 00176,
           awarded by the Division of Air Pollution
                of the U. S. P. H. Service

-------
                               CONTENTS

Preface                                                                 1

Basic Problems of Sanitary Atmospheric Air Protection                  Z

New Experimental Material for the Determination of
   Maximum Allowable Concentration of Hexamethylene-
   diamine in the Air of Inhabited Areas                                 8

Hygienic Basis  for the Determination of the Allowable Con-
   centration Limit of Divinyl in Atmospheric Air                        18

Toxicity of Ethylene Oxide in Low Concentrations                       33

A Study of Hygienic Properties  of Methanol as an Atmos-
   pheric Air Pollutant                                                 39

Atmospheric Air Pollution with V;'.pors  of Hydrolytic Alcohol
   and its Effect on the Organism                                       46

Biological Effects and Hygienic Evaluation of Air by Phthalic
   Anhydride                                                           54

Comparative Toxicity Studies of Benzene,  Toluol, and Xylol
   by the  Reflex Activity Method                                        60

Experimental Data Proposed as  a Basis for the Determination
   of Maximal Allowable Ammonia Concentration in Atmos-
   pheric Air                                                           67

Chronic Effects  on the Organism of Small Concentrations of
   Acrylaldehyde in Air                                                77

Hygienic Evaluation of the Combined Effects of Acetone  and
   Phenol in Atmospheric Air                                           85

Determination of Allowable Maximum Concentrations of Phenol
   and Acetophenone when Simultaneously present in Atmos-
   pheric Air                                                           97

Combined Effects of Low Acetone and Acetophenone Concentra-
   tions in the Air of the Living Organism                             108

                                   - ii -

-------
Studies in the Standardization of Maximum Allowable Hydrogen
   Fluoride Concentrations in the air of Inhabited Areas                118

Experimental Basis for the Determination of Maximum Allow-
   able Concentration of Vanadium Pentoxide in Atmospheric Air        128

An Hygienic Standardization of Alphamethylstyrene in Atmos-
   pheric Air                                                          139

Appendix                                                              146
                                  - in <-

-------
                               PREFACE
          The papers comprised in The Biological Effects  and Hygienic Im-
portanca of Atmospheric Contaminants contain new data pertaining to the  role
"expanding popular chemistry" played in the industrial history of the USSR.
Few data have been found in the literature %on the harm that the high-tonnage-
chemical-procefls industry can cause to the population.  Whatever the branch
of industry, little is known of the toxicity of its emissions--especially in  low
concentrations inhaled over a long time, or the methods of analyzing atmos-
pheric air.  Consequently,  it has not been determined in what concentrations
the new industrial emissions may be discharged into the atmosphere without
adversely affecting the population's health.

          It is understandable that under  such  circumstances the planning or-
ganizations send in numerous inquiries  to the scientific research institutes
engaged  in problems  of industrial environmental hygiene.   Answers  to re-
quests for  such information presuppose availability of appropriate experi-
mental data on such questions  as: •what is the danger of a given type of in-
dustry for  human health, in -what combination and concentrations  are harm-
ful compounds discharged into the atmosphere,  what are the maximum toler-
able concentrations of  such substances in the air, by what methods can these
contaminants be determined, what measures can be recommended to reduce
atmospheric pollutant concentrations, what  sanitary zones  can be considered
adequate for industry of a given type, etc.

          Some of these  questions can be answered by studies conducted in
some institutes, laboratories,  and departments directed by the Project Com-
mission  of the Science  Section of the USSR Ministry of Public Health.  Papers
presented in this collection are directly related to problems arising from the
above indicated need  for  new and up-to-date environmental sanitary-hygienic
information.

          A. Ye.  Kulakov investigated hexamethylenediamine,  used in the
production of nylon.

          G. Kh.  Ripp presents results of his  interest in air pollution caused
by divinyl, used in manufacturing synthetic  divinyl-alpha-methyl-styrene
rubber.

          T. Yuldashev for the first time discusses the effects of ethylene
oxide.

          R.  Ubaidullayev studied the hydrolytic phase of industry, dealing
with cotton by-products,  a raw material important to the Uzbekistan industry.

-------
          L. P.  Slavgorodakiy has studied pollution by phthalic anhydride,
and its toxicity.

          I.  S. Gueev made a comparative evaluation of auch important com-
pounds as benzene,  toluene, and xylene, which are widely used as organic
solvents  and as raw material in synthesizing aromatic compounds.

          M. I.  Gusev and A. A. Minayev report on alpha-methylstyrene
in the air in  the proximity of synthetic rubber plants.

          U. G.  Pogosyan,  Yu. Ye. Korneyev,  and N. Z. Tkach investi-
gated the production of acetone and phenol by the cumene method,  a most
interesting product of chemical synthesis with diverse discharges  under
the prevailing plant conditions.

          M. S.  Sadilova presents  new and  interesting studies  on the effects
of hydrogen fluoride on animals when administered chronically in microcon-
centrations.

          The collection also  contains papers on the chronic effects of
acrylaldehyde, ammonia, and vanadium pentoxide.
                  BASIC PROBLEMS OF SANITARY
                  ATMOSPHERIC AIR PROTECTION

                        Prof. V. A. Ryasanov

          History indicates that air pollution as a sanitary hygienic Droblem
was recognized about 100 years ago.  The state of the atmosphere has since
changed greatly, and the sources and types  of pollution have become complex,
and the problems to be solved are entirely different and immeasurably more
complicated.  This writer is in disagreement with the viewpoint of our foreign
colleagues, who pessimistically view the air pollution problem and regard
the increasing levels of urban pollution as unavoidable,  and believe that man-
kind must become inured to this "civilization disease".  Years of observa-
tion and reflection lead to a different conclusion.  However, the striking
transformations -which progressively occur  in this complex problem must be
taken into consideration if a correct assessment of its tendencies is to be ar-
rived at.

          During the 19th and the first half  of the 20th century mineral fuels
were  regarded as the principal source of air pollution due to the  use in fire-
places, stoves, boilers,  and electric stations, along with sulfuric acid,  soot,
and ash because these were the most dispersed,  the most universal,  and also
the most harmful.  By the middle of the present century the situation had be-
gun to change.  Many countries,  especially the USSR, have taken radical mea-

                                - 2 -

-------
 sures  to liquidate smoke-contaminated air:  fireplaces  and small boilers
 were replaced by heat supplied from central power stations, efficient
 coal-burning processes were developed which minimized the products
 of incomplete combustion, ash catchers of high purification degree were
 installed, the sulfur content  of fuel wae lowered, and, finally, mineral
 fuel was replaced by natural gas,  both in large power stations and in homes;
 industrial and domestic processes were electrified by replacing smoking
 fuel with electric power.  By the middle of the 20th century the problems  of
 "smoke1' in the  real sense of the word was theoretically solved,  and in many
 cities  of the economically developed countries it was solved in practice.
 Newly developing nations  should solve their "smoke" problem by introducing
 district heat, gas, and electric  facilities or centers.  There are also other
 auxiliary means.

          However,  in addition  to the process of fuel combustion there are
 other factors that play a known, though limited,  role in air pollution,  such
 as the metallurgical industry's high-capacity hearths; however,  such pollu-
 tion sources, located in particular geographic areas, have a limited effect
 since the pollutants did not extend beyond  a certain environmental zone.  The
 nonferrous  metallurgy has also  created dangerous pollutant foci. As the
 oxide deposits  became exhausted toward the end of the 19th century, the
 metallurgic industry was  compelled to exploit low grade polysulfate contain-
 ing orea, which led to severe sulfurous air pollution, which broke up the
 ground protecting surface layer for milea  around the nonferrous ore sources.
 Polysulfide ores yield a dust of  highly complex composition, some components
 of which are highly toxic to man and animals.  The pyrometallurgical process
 transformed these extraneous metallic elements into smoke, thereby increas-
 ing their dispersion and enhancing the dust danger, while oxidation of these
 elements further increased their toxicity.   With the  advent of light metals
 such as aluminum, magnesium, beryllium, etc., their harmful  compounds
 became known,  such as fluorine compounds connected with the phenomenon
 of fluorosis among children,  and resins containing large amounts of 3, 4-
 benzopyrene, and beryllium which caused  in the nearby populated areas a
 pathologic condiction known as berylliosis . However, the above mentioned
 serious antihygienic  conditions came into being as the result of the metal-
 lurgical  industry development and were looked upon  as  a local phenomena as
 long as fuel combustion was a national problem.  It is,  therefore, understand-
 able why smoke should compel  the attention of all authorities concerned.

          Metallurgical enterprises as sources of air pollution and the  sani-
 tary hygienic problems they created are of equal importance theoretically and
 practically.  Theoretically this problem can be solved by the judicious use
 of raw material.  Instead of being discharged into the atmosphere as vast
 amounts  of SOa  generated in smelting, these concentrated gases should be
utilized as a raw material by plants producing sulfuric  acid and plants
 related to the nonferrous metallurgy.  Instead of being used whole, poly-
 metallic  ore should undergo preliminary flotation for fine  selective separa-

                                  - 3 -

-------
tion,  and each fraction should be agglomerated  and  smelted in separated
furnacea.  Dust residues must be trapped with the aid of modern,  glass
cloth filters.  Metallurgical combines must be complexes of factories or
shops yielding a variety of products and utilizing, without waste, every-
thing of value in the ore.  Furthermore, the pasties industry has been ra-
pidly forcing nonferrous metal products out of the consumer market because
of their inexpensive and simple production, their toughness and anticorro-
sive properties,  and a number of other qualities which make them irreplace-
able, even though they first appeared in the role of  "ersatz".  The  nonfer-
rous metals are not being replaced by plastics,  to which the future belongs.

          At the end of the first half of the 20th century automobile ex-
hausts  resulting from liquid fuel came into being as a serious  contaminant.
For example, in the USA the number of automobiles increased  from 10  mil-
lion in  1920 to over five times that number in 1950, an increase of  40 mil-
lion in 30 years.  In cities the automobile is a source of various harmful and
unpleasant waste products, such as  carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, alde-
hydes,  resin compounds (some of them carcinogenic),  products of the break-
down of antiknock agents,  which contain finely dispersed vapor of lead oxide,
etc.

          The most threatening factor in air  pollution in the 20th century is
the rise of photochemical  fog,  which is entirely new in man's external en-
vironment.  Such fog,  or "smog" as it has been called,  was first observed
in Los Angeles in 1945, where by 1950 it had become a serious  problem.
Smog is formed as the result  of photochemical  reactions occurring in open
air during periods of  sunshine.  These reactions  originate with the organic
substances present in automobile exhausts, principally the pentane and hex-
ane olefins with nitric oxides  as a major contributor,  with the  resulting for-
mation of czone.  In the presence of light and hydrocarbons, nitrogen perox-
ide is converted back to nitric oxide, and the reaction continues as long as
there is sunlight.   Ozone also reacts with the olefins.  As  a result of com-
plex and diverse reactions that generate free radicals,  ozonides, and perox-
ides, complexes of organic materials  are formed in the atmosphere which
are highly active chemically,  causing  irritation of the mucous membrane of
the eye accompanied by lacrimation, loss of visibility,  damage to plants, etc.
Lacrimation caused by photochemical smog is the most frequent complaint  of
the population.  No successful persistent attempts have been made  to deter-
mine the connection between smog  and  its effects.  It is possible that each  ef-
fect is caused by a different chemical agent.  A previously unknown compound,
peroxyacetylnitrate was isolated from the air,  but it had not been established
that it was an active component of the  Los Angeles  smog.  However, it has
been demonstrated that photochemical fog arose from air contaminated by
exhaust  gases particularly in the presence of temperature inversion.  Smog
formation in Los Angeles  appears to be the result of unique conditions pre-
vailing there:  the absence of public transportation, use of private individual
automobiles in the millions,  the frequently occurring anticyclone weather,  and
the constant intense solar radiation are some of such conditions.  Recently
                                    - 4 -

-------
smogs have appeared in other USA cities including San Francisco,  Washing-
ton, New York, etc.  This atmospheric condition has been gradually spread-
ing over other USA  cities.  It is reasonable to assume that the effect of
photochemical smog in addition to discomforting and disabling effects caused
more serious pathologic manifestations, frequently of a chronic nature.  The
universal rise in automotive  traffic progressively enhanced the harmful ef-
fects of exhaust gases so that the appearance of analogous photochemical fog
phenomena can be expected to appear in other countries.  Soviet health
authorities should regard  this with the consideration it deserves.

           The A.  N. Sysin Institule of General and  Municipal (Public) Hy-
giene of the USSR Academy of Medical Sciences has initiated preliminary
surveys in this direction.   Chemist V. A.  Popov has  perfected the phenol-
phtalein method used in the USA to determine oxidizers in the air.   Tenta-
tive investigations in Moscow,  Baku, and Batumi have shown that during the
summer,  i. e. , when solar radiation is at its maximum,  the products of
photochemical transformations of exhaust gasee can be discovered in the air
of the above-mentioned cities.  Although the concentration of the oxidizere
is only about 1Z percent of those in the air of American cities, they rise
close to the critical tolerance established by the California  standards.  The
concentration of oxidizers increased with the number of automobiles, and
unless effective measures  are taken to reduce the discharge of exhaust
gases, citiea   in the USSR will come to experience  smog conditions similar
to those occurring in the USA.  The universal use of automotive transporta-
tion, its rapid and progressive growth in the number  of auto vehicles,  the
discharge  of poisonous pollutant components into the air of populated areas,
the susceptibility of the components of these gases to undergo diverse photo-
chemical  conversions in which highly reactive free  radicals participate
point to atmospheric pollution by automobiles as an oncoming threatening dan-
ger from  the viewpoint of  modern hygiene.  In this connection it must be kept
in mind that exhaust gases contained other ingredients,  such as lead aerosols,
carbon monoxide, carcinogenic substances,  etc.  This leads sanitary hygien-
ists to the conclusion that air pollution by automobile exhausts constitutes a
problem equal in its urgency to that of air pollution caused by industrial com-
bustion,  with which hygienists throughout the world occupied themselves
earlier.   This problem of air pollution by automobile exhausts must occupy
a leading  place in world's  scientific and  sanitation efforts.   There  are means
by which this problem can be solved by  central regulation of center trans-
portation,  proper maintenance of vehicle operation,  extending public transit
beyond the city limits, converting automotive engines to condensed  gas, and
converting automotive gasoline to electric engines.   Research in the direc-
tion of such developments  should be conducted on a  great scale by engineers
and other scientists engaged  in solving problems in interstellar space.  In
this connection it should be noted that radioactive atmospheric air  pollution
is a specialized field which is intimately connected  with international poli-
tics .is excluded from this  discussion.  The attention here will be centered
on such phases of the problem which deal with the developments in advanced

                                  - 5  -

-------
industrial chemistry, which brought into being the most acute and burning
hygienic questions of our times.

          Chemistry has played an important role in hastening the rise  of
the Communist society.  The 23rd Congress of the CPSU examined the rapid
developmental rates of the chemical and petroleum industries.  Chemistry
and its products extend into all aspects of  manufacture and the total life of
the population.  The manufacture of raw materials, intermediate products,
and finished articles from  synthetics promises to become one of the most
widespread, complex,  and massive sources of environmental pollution,
especially of the air, unless hygienists, chemists,  and engineers  investi-
gate these compounds for their characteristics,  their biological effects,  and
their danger to man; learn to isolate them by specific and highly sensitive
analytical methods; and prevent their appearance in the atmosphere in con-
centrations that have a deleterious  effect on man.

          Environmental pollution has become a universal problem.  In March
1963 the  World Health Organization in Geneva held a special international sym-
posium on microchemical pollution of the environment.  According to this
symposium, hundreds of new compounds are synthesized throughout the
world each year,  many of which find practical application and become a
source of environmental pollution.  It would be very time-consuming to  list
the areas in which the new chemical compounds find application, among
which are fertilizers, pesticides,  defoliants, plastic articles used in ma-
chine building,  home construction,  and civic works; new fibers for clothing,
footwear, and  other  daily usage, packaging, cleaners, detergents, adhesives,
synthetic medicines, vitamins, fats,  antioxidants; liquid fuel,  additives, etc.
Most of these organic compounds have never been investigated for their toxi-
cological and physiological properties,  nor have means been devised for de-
tecting them in complex mixtures and low  concentrations.  The possibility
of their combined effect, and of their spontaneous change in the open air in
some instances into  carcinogenic substances and teratogenic effects,  com-
plicates  the problem considerably.   In addition,  engineers, builders and con-
sumers ask for data on the harmfulness of new substances which will be
used by workers on the job, the inhabitants near the plants, and the millions
of consumers of the  new chemistry throughout the USSR.  For this reason
the new developing chemistry must be the  principal concern of hygienists,
particularly of those who deal with atmospheric hygiene.  The problems are
complex and may appear insoluble.  Therefore,  all available  resources must
be mobilized,  the sequence of operations must be strictly planned, and  man-
power must be properly mobilized, and all available auxiliary resources must
be directed toward strengthening the  scientific teams which have already been
organized and  approved.  It is easier to achieve a breakthrough where quali-
fied personnel, modern equipment, and an experimental background have
built up than where all these have to be created anew.  Therefore all re-
sources  should be directed toward reinforcing already existing scientific
centers for the study of toxicology and chemistry, of new synthetic compounds

                                  - 6 -                             \

-------
and the environmental pollutant associated with them,  particularly air pollu-
tants.  In this  respect situations differ in different countries.  In the USSR
the need is  greatest in planning more  active investigations of pertinent specif-
ic questions, to differentiate, in the first instance, between studies that are
absolutely essential for immediate practical results and those of more re-
mote interest.  Students working for college degrees  should be assigned
problems raised by modern chemical  industries, especially those interested
in the development and production of new synthetics.   Results  obtained should
be published without undue delay so that hygienists and other health author-
ities could study them with all possible sense of priority.  This  applies par-
ticularly to organic compounds and substances which  are highly volatile,
have a definite odor,  and irritate the mucous membranes, especially of the
upper respiratory tract.  They can be neutralized in the following ways:

          1. Burnoff in special furnaces.  Unfortunately, because of the
low concentrations of contaminants and the inadequate heat of combustion,
fuel  has to be expended  to burn them.  The drawback  of this method is the
destruction of valuable organic materials that could be extracted and used in
the national economy.  On the other hand, -where these compounds cannot be
rendered harmless in any other way,  this is an appropriate method.

          Z.  Ordinarily, compounds  of this type can be easily condensed
and, therefore, lend themselves to low-temperature separation.  After the
basic mass has been condensed,  the remainder, which has no  value, can be
burned.

          3.  These compounds can also be absorbed, with subsequent de-
sorption or elution of the products and regeneration of the filters.  This
method of recuperation  is widely used in practice to avoid discharges of or-
ganic compounds.  By combining these three methods it  is possible to achieve
satisfactory disposal  of the most varied discharges of synthetic chemistry.

          For  materials with a low activity threshold, means  must be found
of replacing them with less toxic compounds or of introducing  a technology
based on essentially different methods, i. e. , methods which did not require
toxic materials.   For example, the high-temperature heat conductor dynel,
which is widely used in  synthetic chemistry and pollutes  vast areas in the
manufacture of synthetic fibers, can be replaced by electric heating.   The
appropriate technical  institutes need to devote considerably more attention
to developing this advanced method in their planning.

          By systematizing the different types of the  air-pollution problems
related to plastic  chemistry industries,  it is possible to  arrive at a means of
lessening or abolishing  their pollution effects by burning  residual discharges
or other suitable means  based on the following two prerequisites:

          1. Hygienists and toxicologists must actively  participate in the

                                  - 7 -

-------
activities in the work of industrial research institutes engaged in develop-
ing industrial synthetic products.

          2.  Maximum support must be  given to studies  of the biological
and toxicological effects of new chemical compounds introduced into produc-
tion,  so that their critical concentration tolerances (MAC) could be deter-
mined as soon as possible,  and specific and highly sensitive methods  of de-
tection can  be developed.

          The foregoing makes it clear that the problem of air pollution
has become considerably more complex and difficult in its century-long
history, and has given birth to new questions different from  the ones which
prevailed during the first half of the present century.

          The principal sources of air pollution now are industries of the
new synthetic chemistry and automotive exhausts.  The present volume is
devoted to discuseione of practical problems  caused by automotive exhausts,
      NEW EXPERIMENTAL MATERIAL FOR THE DETERMINATION
            OF MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATION OF
     HEXAMETHYLENEDIAMINE IN THE AIR  OF  INHABITED AREAS

   From the A. N. Sysin Institute of General and Municipal Hygiene of the
                    USSR Academy of Medical Sciences
          Soviet and foreign literature dealing with the biological effects of
hexamethylenediamine (HMD) and on its effects on man is limited.  Reported
studies \vere made using small numbers of experimental animals,  and high
concentrations of the investigated substance. The most pertinent data found
in the literature relative to HMD effects on the  respiratory tract were found
in two experimental papers published by V.  S. Filatova, V. A.  Russkikh, He.
V. Chernet, and T. G.  Lapina in 1951,  and by A.  P. Martynova in 1957.
Analysis of HMD biological effect in  acute and chronic inhalation experiments
has shown that it is a toxic  substance having a general resorptive action re-
sulting  in the constriction of the  capillary and small blood vessels and in

-------
 dystrophic changes in the lungs,  liver, kidneys, spleen, heart, brain,  spinal
 cord, stomach, and intestines.  HMD depresses effect on the central ner-
 vous system, lowers arterial pressure, and changes  the morphological com-
 position of the blood.  According to Martynova, this toxic effect occurs at
 concentrations of 1 mg/m3 and higher.  No lower concentrations have been
 studied.  A literature survey conducted by Paton in 1957 indicated that  the
 toxic action of HMD rested in the capacity of mono- and diamines and other
 related  chemical substances to liberate bound hystamines and other related
 biologically active substances.  Diamines and aminee of high carbon atom
 numbers possessed this effect in the highest degree.

           In a paper  published in 1964 dealing with the reflex action of HMD
 in man,  the present author proposed 0.001 mg/m3  as  the maximum allowable
 single-exposure concentration in atmospheric air.  The present paper  pre-
 sents results of animal inhalation tests of low  HMD concentrations 24  hours
 daily for 3  months.  In this study 60 white male rats were divided into  four
 equal groups.  Animals of Group 1 inhaled  air containing HMD in concentra-
 tions of  1 mg/m3  or the maximum allowable for industrial premises.  Ani-
 mals of  Group II inhaled air containing  HMD in concentrations of 0.64 mg/m3 ,
 or the maximum single-exposure allowable  concentration in atmospheric air.
 The animala were checked during inhalation, also for  a month before and af-
 ter inhalation exposure by the  following tests: weight, reticulocytes, leuco-
 cytes, and  eosinophile counts; luminescence and phagocytosis; Vi-antibody
 titre after immunization against typhoid fever; motor  chronaxy of the an-
 tagonist muscles; and rate of coproporphyrine elimination.  After the inhala-
 tion period, internal organs were studied for macro and microhistological
 changes .

          Table 1 presents the data obtained from determining the HMD con-
 centration on a daily basis.
                                                     lable I

                        UOrttE.ilrtsTIOr,;, OF Ht X AME Tri» L tNi_L I A« I >Jt IN IHE
                             CHA^btHb »N Ui/M3 JF CHABBEH AIH
fin (B« 1
n'~°J(J
I
II
III
1
M
1,086
0,043
0,0012
j
0.25
0,0159
0,0005
m
0,018
070014
0,00004
Tolal
Ana ly set
129
118
115
          Animals were weighed once every 10 days.  Animals  of Group I
lost 5. 1% of their preexperimental weight in the course of inhalation ex-
posure,  as  shown by graphs presented in Figure 1.

          The other two groups presented no differences  in weight from the
controls. In her experiments Martynova also noticed that during HMD

-------
tos
wo
 F'd
    \17/X1I 28/XH 8/1 19/1 29/1 8111 18/11 28/111 8/111 IS/111/I IV
i '. boa/ wer^M  OT eayen Rent»I  an:nal& through
chru«a>OPfraconc«ntr4l»ona. -,
I  «^/™3j  V - 0,04 -ad/"3) 3 - 0-001 Pg/oJf
          H - tlion Qir
                                              inhalation by white rats 6 times
                                              daily for 6 months in concentra-
                                              tions of 10  and 1 mg /m3 the ex-
                                              perimental animals lost weight
                                              as compared with the controls.

                                                     Reticulocyte  counts made
                                              by the A.  P. Yegorov method
                                              showed  that only 1 mg/m3  HMD
                                              concentration induced after two
                                              weeks a statistically reliable
                                              (R = 0.99)  increase in reticulo-
                                              cyte count as  compared with the
                                              control  group.  However,  two
                                              weeks later the count returned
                                              to its normal  level, as shown by
                                              curves in Figure  2.

                                                     The leucocyte count, de-
                                              termined by the N.  M.  Nikolayev
                                              method  (1954), was  practically
                                              the same  as of the control group.

                                                     It has  been established
                                              by V.  N. Chernigovskaya, A.  Ya.
                                              Yaroshevskii  (1953,  1957), K.  Kh.
                                              Kyrche  (1956), et al,  that the
                                              eoeinophile level, like  that of
                                              other formed  blood  elements,  de-
                                              pended on the functional state of
                                              the brain.  Investigators such as
                                              Thorn (1953),  I. A.  Eskin,  G. M.
                                              Vidavskaya (1956), Aschekenasy
                                              (1957);!. A.  Eskin,  N.  V. Mik-
                                              haylova (1953),  et al. ,  found  that
                                              the hormonal  system, consisting
of the anterior pypophyseal lobe and  the  adrenal cortex,  that  controls  the
hypothalemus,  affected the  eosinophile  content of the peripheral blood.  Re-
cent pathological investigations pointed to functional shifts in this hormone
system which  effected  changes in eosinophile counts in man and  in experi-
mental animals when toxic substances were  administered in concentrations
present in the air of industrial workrooms (Ye.  I.  Spynu,  1962; L. E. Gorn,
1963; et al.).

           It has been shown that an allergic reaction raised the  eosinophile
count in the peripheral blood,  as  a protective  reaction, reflecting the eosino-
philes' capacity to reduce the stress  of the  allergic  reaction by inactivating
the hystamines, heparines, and other biologically active  substances the
          .?..  No of ratJcuJocy t«s in the blood
         • j thfi ^antod of chronic exptrtoenlal
         iation of  !o* henaoethyIoned^affline
               concentrat tone
         . 2 .  3. and ^ bane e& «r Ftj= l>
                                  - 10 -

-------
number of which in free  states increased sharply,  as was shown by I.  P.
Lepner,  Ye. S. Brusilovakiy,  1961; L. D. Grishpun, 1962, etc.   It is im-
portant that the effect of HMD  on eoainophile count in the peripheral blood
under the conditions of this experiment be clearly understood.   Using the
S. M.  Bakman method (1958), the present author made absolute counts
during the first month of inhalation exposure once a week; and thereafter,
once fortnightly, totaling 223 blood analyses.
   Jffff-
        16IXI2Will II 9/1 17/f ?9/f f3/Il 27IIf I3IW7J///Vf/IV
   Fie
                                                       Fig. 3 shows that af-
                                               ter a week of inhalation ex-
                                               posure all groups  manifested
                                               a drop in eosinophile counts,
                                               and at the end of the second
                                               week the rats of Group I re-
                                               acted  most profoundly; how-
                                               ever,  in comparison with the
                                               controls they evidenced no
                                               statistically reliable differen-
                                               ces.   For technical reasons
                                               the interval of inhalation ex-
                                               posure was interrupted for two
                                               days (15 and 16 January)  at the
                                               end of the first month; 14-16
                                               hours  after its renewal a
                                               sharp  increase was noticed
                                               in the  amount of eosinophiles
                                               in the  blood of animals of
                                               Groups I and II,  particularly
                                               in rat  No. 3 of Group I and rat
No.  4 of Group II, whose counts before-and-after were respectively 474/1313
and 200/837 per m3 of blood.  Subsequently the eosinophile count  in the  ani-
mals of the first two groups  dropped to a constant level at the end of the ex-
periment with statistical R = 0.95.   In these  groups  the eosinophile counts
dropped  more than 50% in comparison with the initial  counts, pointing to com-
pensatory functions (S.  M. Bakman, I960; et al.), inherent in the hormonal
system (anterior hypophyseal lobe,  adrenal cortex), under HMD in concentra-
tions of 1 and 0.4 mg/m3 .  Animals of Group III had an eosinophile count of
0.0001 mg/m3, which was close to that of the controls.  In other  words, the
tests indicated a non-specific reaction of the organism to the negative effects
of microconcentrations  of atmospheric  contaminants.   Many authors  (M.  N.
Meysel1,  V. A. Sondak, 1956; S. S. Sergei1, A. A. Klimenko,  1957; M.  Ya.
Khodas,  1959; Ye. B. Zakrzhevskiy,  L. G.  Vasil'yeva, 1936; et al.)  have
shown that the nature of leucocyte luminescence during vital staining •with
acridine orange changed in blood diseases,  or in ionizing radiation, the
leucocytes fluorescence changing from green to yellow, orange, and  red as
a result  of cellular physiochemical  changes.
      3.  Absolute eoBmo^hilic count in the blood of
    pen a-en til emails durirj rcricd of chronic  lohal-
    i jn of Ion he»«oetny I ened unine concmlrtt i ona.
            I, 2,  3, end M aina »• m .c«j. I.
                                   - 11 -

-------
          A.  D. Semenenko (1963) and P. G.  Tkachev (1963) observed a
change in  leucocyte luminescence following the inhalation of low aniline
concentrations.  M.  I. Gueev and K. H.  Chelikanov (1963) noted the same
for amylene.   For this reason the present author used  acridine orange in
1:50,000 concentrations in a physiological solution.  0.02 ml of blood was
taken from the animal's tail vein and placed in a teat tube containing 0. 18
ml of the acridine solution.  Then a single drop of fluorochromed blood
from the test tube was placed under a microscope in the usual  manner.   A
Reichert microscope was used for immediate examination at 5 x  60 magnifi-
cation.   One hundred leucocytes were counted in each specimen,  and the
percentage changes of leucocytes with illumination were calculated.  Al-
together, 182 blood samples were thus examined.

                                               Fig. 4 shows that after
                                        a week's inhalation the Group I ani-
                                        mals' leucocyte illumination per-
                                        centage rose and then, toward the
                                        beginning of the second month, re-
                                        turned to the initial level.  In some
                                        animals  the changed cells  reached
                                        21-25%.  This increase was less
                                        pronounced in animals of Group II
                                        (9-11% in isolated cases), and re-
                                        turned to normal after 3  weeks in-
                                        halation.  This  phenomenon was
                                        noted also by M.  I.  Gusev and K.N.
                                        Chelikanov (1963).  The increase in
                                        the % of leucocytes  with  varying  il-
                                        lumination, observed in  the case
                                        of animals of Groups I and II, is
                                        statistically reliable (R = 0.05 and
                                        0.99).  Yellow  and  orange tones
predominated,  with red appearing only occasionally.  Data  of Group III dif-
fered little from those of the controls.

           The protective and adaptive functions of the organism  depend upon
its general physiological  reactivity,  which in turn is a function of many fac-
tors in relation to the external  environment (physical,  chemical,  biological,
alimentary, etc.)  which,  in acting upon the organism,  can alter  its resistance
and susceptibility (A. D.  Ado).  The immunobiological  reactivity of the or-
ganism can serve as  a clue to its general biological reactivity, which in turn
can serve as  a clue to specific  and general resistance.

           Studies in occupational pathology (T. V. Rasskazova,  1958; A.  P.
Volkova, 1959; V. K. Havrotskiy, I960; A. I. Pakhomychev, I960; A. F.
Stoyanovskiy, 1961; et al.) indicated  changes in organism's  immunobiological
          251X11 HI 911  nil 29/1 13111 231 III
ij- M.  >'eii_enl of luminescent leucocytes dur-
,j Ihe (.er'ad of thruric inhalation of  lo
               ine -oncontr»t i one
                satno  as in Fig. I.
     ID 2, 3, and
                                 - 12  -

-------
 reactivity under industrial conditions.  The same is true of experimental
 animals  exposed to Inhalation of poisonous substances for prolonged intervale
 (JSQ0 , COB ,  lead, tetraethyl lead, CCl^ ,  nitrobenzene, benzene,  anilene,
 etc.)-  Depression of phagocytosis and of antibody formation,  under the ef-
 fects of harmful substances in concentrations at or exceeding  the MAC levels
 for  indoor air under working conditions has been recorded,  which induced
 the  present  author to study the possibility of reducing the immunobiological
 indices during chronic HMD microconcentrations inhalation.

           In the study of phagocytosis a 24-hour  culture of staphylocuccue in
 a concentration of 500 million per ml was used.  Equal quantities  (0.06 ml)
 of blood, in a 2% sodium citrate solution, and a microbe suspension were
 used.     The phagocytosis reaction lasted 20 min at 37°C.  After centrifuga-
 tion a leucocyte smear was made and stained by the Bimza-Romanovskii
 method.  One-hundred neutrophiles  were counted along with the percentage
 of active leucocytes  (extent of phagocytosis)  and the phagocytic index was
 determined.   This approach was suggested by V. S. Gostev and associates
 in 1950.  To determine the phagocyte activity of the leucocytes 204 blood
 analyses were made, the first two a week apart,  the  remainder every two
 •weeks.

                                                     The results indicated
                                              that the percent  of active leuco-
                                              cytes in animals of Group 1
                                              (1 mg/m3)  dropped sharply af-
                                              ter  one week's inhalation of
                                              HMD, while  after two weeks
                                              it began to rise to a level above
                                              that of the  control group.  This
                                              was followed by  a new depres-
                                              sion in phagocytic activity
                                              which persisted  to the end of
                                              the  inhalation period.  The mo0£
                                              pronounced change occurred  in
                                              rat No. 14  of Group I, pre-inocw-
                                              lationphagocytic index of which
                                              was  99.3-100;  after  a week of
                                              inhalation it dropped to  55.1,
                                              rose again to 92. 9 after two
                                              weeks,  and finally remained
                                              stationary  at 79.3.  At the end
of the inhalation period the percent of active leucocytes in Group I  animals
rapidly returned to  the background level.  However,  such statistically re-
liable results are not less pronounced than the changes noted in Group II
animals (0.04 mg/m3).
ISM 2VXJI
                           lain fS/ffJ 2/lV II/IY
      Phasjoc)li'- laiicccyt* activity  on  th« belli of
     G indrcolcr in enptrtrecntiI  tniftili during chroo«
ic onporiQontil irhilatiof ol Ion  HB thf I en»d i «•! ne cwv-
               cenlra I1 one
     I,  2, 3, k, sane  as in Fie.  I.
 D*aro»  of reliability  - e - 9bi,  b - 9aJ, c  - 99.9J
                                     -  13 -

-------
    2 •
    I -
                                    itiw
Fig. 6.  Phogocjrlic laucoayto activity en tho bins of
intonoivo  indicator In «nn>ri nonta! aniocfB during the
poricd of  chronic oof^r i rc on to I irhalotien of Ion h«x«-
          Qo thy I an«a i of i no cancantrtt leno
        IB 2B 3, ana  4  BOBKJ  as in Fig, )„
                                                    Fig. 6 shows that the
                                             intensity of the phagocytic pro-
                                             cess also underwent analogous
                                             and reliable changes in the ani-
                                             mals of Groups I and II. Animal
                                             No. 14  in Group I again exhibited
                                             the most pronounced changes.
                                             Prior to inhalation the phago-
                                             cytosis  index was  7.4-7.9,
                                             while after a week  it dropped to
                                             1.3.  After two weeks it rose to
                                             5.3,  then dropped again to 2.5,
                                             where it remained,  with several
                                             fluctuations,  to the  end of the ex-
                                             periment.  Changes in phagocytic
                                             index in animals of Group III
                                             (0.001 mg/m3) did  not differ sub-
                                             stantially from that of the con-
                                             trols.  On the basis of the above
it can be stated that the dynamics of the phagocytic  process in  all animals of
Groups I and II followed a generally regular pattern of depression.   A rise
in phagocytic activity in the second inhalation week  following a sharp depres-
sion indicated  that the phagocytic process had undergone phase  changes dur-
ing  chronic inhalation of HMD by rats exposed to concentrations of 1 and 0.04
mg /m3 .

           Experimental animals were vaccinated with Vi typhoid fever vac-
cine manufactured  at the Moscow Scientific Research Institute for Epidemi-
ology and  Microbiology.  Since nothing was found in the literature describing
procedures for immunizing rats, the investigation was  of an exploratory
character.  Vaccination was  initiated a month after  HMD inhalation, when
changes could be expected in the organism's reactivity.  The vaccine -was in-
jected subcutaneously into the hind leg paws.  The first injection consisted
of ZOO million typhoid fever bacilli and 0.04 mg of typhoid fever Vi-antigen.
After a week the  second and following injections consisted of 300 million
typhoid fever bacilli and 0.06 mg of Vi-antigen.  After  standing a day,
0. 5-0. 6 ml of blood was taken from the rats' vein and the  serum was allowed
to separate from the clot at 34 C.  The Vi-antibody titre was determined by
the passive hemoagglutination   reaction recommended by N. A. Kraskina
and  N.  M. Gutorova in 19&2    Before the vaccine was administered  the Vi-
antibody titre  in the experimental animals was  practically nil.  A week later
Vi-antibody titre in the Group I  animals was lower  than in the  controls,  not
even a trace of it was found in rat No. 12 of Group I. A somewhat less ex-
pressed phenomenon was noted in rats of Group II.

           A statistically reliable difference (R = 0.95) in the Vi-antibody
titre was  noted only in animals  of Group I  a weak after the second inocula-
                                    - 14 -

-------
tion.  After injections  at the end of the inhalation exposure and during the
recuperation period, the titre did not differ significantly from that of the
control group.  Animals of Group III which inhaled the lowest HMD concen-
tration (0. 001 mg/m3),  manifested no titre-levele differing from the con-
trols throughout the test period.

           Studies of coproporphyrin elimination rate via. the urine were con-
ducted using an SF-4 spectrophotometer as recommended  by M. I. Gusev,
Yu.  I. Srmrnov, I960.   Urine was collected daily in special containers every
10 days from rats of each group.  Before inhalation exposure  and during the
recuperation period, 3 examinations were made for  each rat,  and 9 during
the inhalation exposure.  Fluctuations in the rate of  coproporphyrin elimina-
tion via_ the urine of Group I animals during the HMD inhalation period point-
ed to a  tendency toward reduction of its  excretion rate on some days of the
fiyet half of the experimental inhalation; however, the difference was not
statistically significant.  A  reliable difference  was observed during the re-
cuperation period, which was related chiefly to a drop in the control animala.
No substantial differences from the control animals were found in animals of
Groups I and II.

           Results of motor  chronany (ratio) tests  showed that  disturbance of
the normal ratio occurred in animals of Groups I and II a month after inhala-
tion exposure was initiated; it persisted at this level with certain fluctua-
tions for the next 40  days of the inhalation exposure period (Fig. 7),  after
which the normal ratio was  restored.  A statistically reliable  difference
was observed in animals of Groups I and II on the  50th day of  inhalation
(R = 0. 99 in both groups).  In animals of Group III the chronaxy ratio varied
•within the  limits of physiological fluctuations.

           Internal organis of 26 rats were examined by sacrificing them im-
mediately  after inhalation, and 19 animals were sacrificed Z months  later to
study latent effects.*

           Disection of Group 1 animals (1 mg/m3) revealed a  fatty depletion
of the hypodermic tissue.  Examination  of the  liver disclosed venous plethora
(Fig. 8), vascular wall plasma infiltration and  perivascular lymphoidal-
hystiocytic nodules.  The liver glycogen content was stable, with a slight
reduction in isolated cases.

           The miocardium showed the presence of individual  or groups of
unevenly stained fibers on the background  of venous plethora.  The transverse
striations  and nuclei were particularly marked.  Only plethora and lymphoidal
^Doctor of Medical Sciences V.  P. Osintsevaya supervised the pathomorpho-
logical  examinations, which were conducted at the Pathomorphology Labora-
tory of  the A. N.  Sysin Institute of General and Municipal Hygiene of the USSR
Academy of Medical  Sciences.

                                     - 15 -

-------
infiltration along the tubules were found in the kidneys.  Lipides were dis-
covered in all three zones of the intestines.
WJUWJUffl 19:1 29if Sit

                              29II 8IIII 161112(111
 ^•a> 7.  Uu*cle »nt»9ist motor ehroo«)iy r»tio in •xptri
 ••ntal mi*«|s •Hooted to chrontc *>f^*ri ««ntt I >nh«l»tion
       or h»*«««Uiy l«n«rtf«»ir« c«nc*ntr«t t«na
        '» 2, 3, »nd U v»»« >« in
   8.  Liver ««ction of tni««l Mo. 2 of firoup I h«»»te»ylin
      • t«m«d.    tt*snif i cat ion 10 K 10.
        The capillary brain
network of Group 1 animals
was slightly distended.  Cells
with vacuolated cytoplasm,
with dispersal or thickening
of the Nisslevskiy matter
blocks and very occasional-
ly with cromatolysis were
found in the cerebral cor-
tex and subcortical nodes.
Cells with pericellular ede-
ma were also encountered
(Fig. 9).

        The liver,  miocardi-
um, kidneys, and brain of
the Group II animals (0.04
mg/m3) showed changes sim-
ilar to those found in Group
I,  but in a less pronounced
degree.   The quantity of in-
testinal  lipides suffered a
reduction.

        Examination conduct-
ed after 2 months of inhala-
tion  exposure showed that
animals of Groups I and II
exhibited a purulent penu-
monia of a rather severe in-
tensity which rose with in-
crease in the HMD  concen-
tration.

        Organic changes in
animals which inhaled HMD
in concentrations of 1  and
0.04 mg/m3, manifested a
monotypical character both
in immunized and non-im-
munized rats.  Follicles were
found more often in the spleen
of the immunized animals
than in the nonimmunized,  and
                                      - 16 -

-------

              f'i, 9. Brtin •tction of tni»«l I of Group I, •tttnod by Ni*»%l
                            ••tbod.  Magnification 90 a (S.
their size was considerably larger.  The number of plasmatic cells in the
immunized rats increased markedly, in connection with which the formation
of antibodies was observed.  The morphology of the immune process in ani-
mals of Groups I and II (1 and 0.04 mg/m3) was less pronounced than in the
other two.  Group III animals (0.001 mg/m3) exhibited no morphological
changes from those observed in the controls.

          Results of the  experiments point to the unfavorable effect of small
HMD concentrations (1.0 and 0.04 mg/m3),  most strikingly in the loss of
weight in Group I animals,  and in the increased number of reticulocytes.
Animals of Groups I and II  also  exhibited an eosinopenic  response and an in-
crease in the  percent of leucocytes with a change in the luminescence.

          The results also show that such low concentrations of HMD  can af-
fect the  state of the organism's  immunobiological reaction inducing depression
of the phagocytosis processes, of  antibody formation,  and other immuologi-
cal processes.  Animals of Groups I and II also negatively affected the nor-
mal ratio of antagonistic-muscle chronaxy, as well as pathomorphological
changes in the internal organs.

          The HMD concentration inhaled by animals of Group III (0.001/m3)
was the only one having no  effect in any of the tests.
                                    -17-


-------
                             CONCLUSIONS


          1.  Continuous inhalation of HMD in 1 mg/m3 concentration for a.
period of three months unfavorably affect the organism of experimental
animals  inducing loss of body weight, raising the reticulocyte count,  pro-
ducing eosinopena, increased leucocyte count,  lowering the phagocytic
index and the rate of Vi-antibody productions,  upsetting the normal motor
chronaxy ratio in the antagonistic muscles, and inducing pathomorphologi-
cal changes in the internal organs.

          Similar but milder changes are  caused by an HMD concentra-
tion of 0. 04 mg/m3  with the exception of loss of body weight and the num-
ber of reticulocytes.

          2,  In  0.001 mg/m3 concentration HMD administered under identi-
cal conditions haa no effect on the organism of the test animals.

          3.  The average daily maximum permissible concentration of
HMD in atmospheric air in inhabited  areas can be the same as was previous-
ly proposed for the maximum single-exposure  concentration,  i.e., 0. 001
mg/
  3
m
   HYGIENIC BASIS FOR  THE  DETERMINATION OF THE ALLOWABLE
      CONCENTRATION  LIMIT OF DIVINYL IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR

                              G. Kh.  Ripp

              From the Department of General Hygiene of the
                   M.  I. Kalinin Omsk Medical Institute


          Divinyl (butadiene-1, 3) is a baaic ffionomer used in the production
of synthetic rubber.  As a diene hydrocarbon with two  conjugate double bonds
it polymerizes easily and lends itself to the manufacture of various kinds of
synthetic rubber.  Under  ordinary conditions divinyl is a  gas having a most
unpleasant odor  and a density of 1. 87;  at a temperature of minus 4. 5° C
divinyl  condenses into  a colorless, transparent, volatile liquid.  It is
weakly  soluble in water, dissolves easily in acetone,  benzene,  and amylace-

                                   - 18 -

-------
tate (A.  A. Petrov, 1953) and less so in ethyl alcohol (P.  Vataulik, I960).
                                                                         i
           V.  A. Pakrovskiy (1955).  V. S.  Freydlin (1935), L. F.  Larionov
(1954), E.  N. Levina (1948),  Henderson, Haggard (1930) and others charac-
terized high divinyl concentrations as  narcotic and a mucous membrane and
hemogenic organic irritant.  The maximum allowable concentration for in-
dustrial  premises is 100 mg/m3 .

           Disorders of the central nervous system such as rapid fatigue,
headache,  drowsiness  have  been observed among divinyl workers.  Rhinitis,
layngitis,  pharyngitis, conjunctivitis,  changes in the composition of the peri-
pheral blood, dyspeptic phenomena, drop in arterial pressure, etc. were
recorded by S.  B. Glauberman (1957), L. I.  Gefter, Ye. D. ShuTman (1935),
S. D. Polyak, N. I. Pil'man, A. I.  Zaretskaya, andS. M.  Kleyn(1935),
A.  A.  Yegunov (1940),  E. N. LevLia (1948), A.  A. Orlova and G.  N.  Mazu-
nia (I960),  L.  F. Larionov (1954).  Most of the  symptoms appeared after
contact with divinyl has been discontinued.

           Animals suffering of chronic divinyl poisoning usually exhibit
slight increase in mucous cells  of the  epithelium of the bronchi, local micro-
cellular  infiltration,  emphysema of the lungs, hyperplasia of the bone mar-
row with an increase in immature forms, an increase  of myeloid elements
in the red pulp of the spleen, and symptoms of irrigation in the lymphatic
nodes.  (L. F.  Larionov, 1954).

          Most of the cited  investigators described cases of industrial •work-
ers exposed to divinyl  in heavy concentrations.   No data -were found dealing
with the  effects of low  concentrations in atmospheric air.  The widespread
use of divinyl by synthetic rubber industry prompted the present author to
study the effects of divinyl microconcentrations to determine a hygienic  basis
for its maximal allowable concentration in atmospheric air, which is the pur-
pose of the present paper.   The -work was conducted under the supervision of
Candidate of Biological Sciences M. D. Manit; and a spectrophotometric
method for determining microquantities of divinyl under experimental con-
ditions and in atmospheric air was developed, and the  optimal parameters
for selecting  air samples were determined.  The method enabled to deter-
mine divinyl in atmospheric air under natural conditions in the presence  of
other synthetic rubber production compounds  such as  alpha-methylstyrene,
isopropylbenzene, butane, and butylenes.

          The threshold of odor perception was determined  by a generally
employed method (V. A. Ryazanov,  K. A.  Bushtuyeva, Yu.  A. Novikov,
1957).  However, since under ordinary circumstances  divinyl is a highly
volatile gas, certain additions to the method were made, related to gas
dosing in the  system.    An  experimental mixture of gas and air in the re-
quired concentration was made in 40 liter steel  cylinders  (oxygen  or nitro-
gen) by exhausting them and then filling them with a small amount of gas-

                                   -  19 -

-------
eous divinyl.  After being introduced into the cylinder the divinyl was  rare-
fied and evenly mixed with a large volume of compressed air up to a pres-
sure of 20-30 atm  or more.  A constant divinyl concentration was main-
tained -when the mixture was taken from the  cylinder through a reducing
valve.  The divinyl concentration in the cylinder was computed; in the gas-
eous phase it was measured by an SF-4 spectrophotometer.'i  By changing
the rate of mixture flow from the cylinder and rarefying  it with pure air
forced into the cylinders by means  of air blowers at a rate of 15-20 1/min,
it was possible to reach the divinyl concentration required for inhalation
in the  experiments.  This method of gas mixture feeding insured an even
and constant divinyl concentration in the cylinders.   By using a reducing
valve to change the air-divinyl flow rate from the cylinder, it was possible
to obtain the necessary  gas concentration in the system.  The rate of  the
gas mixture  flow was determined by a rotating flow meter installed below
the reducing valve.

          Sixteen persons 18 to 36 years  of age having  no deviations from
the normal state of the ear, throat,  and nose were used in the odor per-
ception threshold tests.   All volunteers were first familiarized with the
odor of divinyl.  The acrid and unpleasant odor of the gas is  easily dis-
tinguished and  remembered. The divinyl concentration in the cylinders
was checked before and  after each experiment.   Altogether 336 tests were
run at divinyl concentrations of 6.0, 5.2,  4.8,  4.4,  4.2,  4.0,  and 3. 8
mg/m3 .   Results are recorded in Table 1.
                          Title I
J
No. of
obeervg-
t lone
6
6
3
1
Hinioa 1 per-
cmf. t i ve dp —
v my 1 coocnsi
MBK i IQA 1 non —
porcepl. di-
,,,ny| concn*.
in "g/o ' m "i9/B
4.0
4,2
4,4
4,8
3,8
4,0
4.2
4.4
0
Total ob-
e«rvit ione

150
126
48
12
                                            The data show that the thresh-
                                    old as established by the experiment
                                    was 4 mg/m3 .   Effect of divinyl on eye
                                    sensitivity to light was studied by the
                                    method recommended by the Commit-
                                    tee on Sanitary Protection of Atmos-
                                    pheric Air, using 4  persons aged 20-
                                    25 with normal vision and odor percep-
                                    tions.  Sensitivity to light studies were
conducted after a 10-min disadaptation.  The first 4-6 days the volunteer in-
haled pure air as described elsewhere; the following days divinyl was  intro-
duced into the cylinder in concentrations  below the olfactory threshold be-
tween the 15th and 20th minute with the subjects seated in a dark  room.  Test
persons were tested on three successive  days  to determine the effect of the
gaa in the above cited concentrations.

          The first concentration,  4.2 mg/m  elicited no odor perception
response; however, as in the case of 4. 0, all testers became  more light-
sensitive on the 20th minute as compared with pure air.  All results were
statistically significant.
                                   -  20  -

-------
            Two of the volunteers, (P.A.K. andU.A.F.),  manifested high-
 er sensitivity at 3. 8 mg/m3,  but in only one of these was the increase
 statistically signigicant.  In the remaining cases the  sensitivity change was
 not statistically  reliable, even with a certain change  in the sensitivity curve.
 No effect was detected at 3.6  mg/m3  gae concentration as shown in Fig. 1.  ,
                              10
  15    ZO _  25
T\m» in 01nutti
                Fig.  I. Effect of divinyl inhalation IB different concentration*
                 , an eye sensitivity to lljht of f«««l« t»it p«r*on P.A.K.
                I - Cle.n air; 2 - k,2 ng/»3| 3 - *,»i/"3l  •• - 3.8 «g/»*,
                                 5 - 3.6 •8/«3
           The reflex-action threshold for eye sensitivity to light was, thus,
3. 8 mg /md , which is about the same as that for odor perception.
                                                                            i

           The central nervous system threshold was determined by generat-
ing an electrocortical conditioned reflex  as described by K. A. Bushtuyeva,
Ye.  F. Polezhayev, and A. D. Semenko  in I960 using an electrocencephalo-
graph manufactured by the Kaiser Company, * and 24 test persons.  Of these
2 men and 2 women aged 18-30 were selected having a clear alpha-rhythm
and well defined synchronization to light.  All test volunteers-first partici-
pated in a similar experiment and in the  course of their training gave good,
*This work was conducted at the Department of Municipal Hygiene of the Cen =
tral Institute of Physician Training under the direction of Doctor of Medical
Sciences K.  A. Bushtuyeva.
                                   - 21 -

-------
clear  encephalogram readings.   Tests were made daily at the same hour
for each individual.

           The divinyl concentrations tested were 3. 8,  3.6,  and 3. 0 mg /m3 .
At the first concentration two individuals developed a conditioned electrocor-
tical reflex; A. S.  achieved  ,'thla at the  sixth  session on the first day and at
the fifth on  the  second day.  This concentration had an  analogous effect on
the 3rd and 4th days,  but the two lower concentrations  did not provoke a
reflex in this test person.   At the 5-17th sessions G. Kh.  developed the re-
flex at 3.8 mg/m3,  had a very slight reaction at 3.6,  and none at 3. 0.   R. P.
and G.  G. developed a conditioned electrocortical reflex at 3.6 mg/m3  (Fig.
2) and none  at concentration of 3. 0  mg/m3 (Fig.  3).

                                                        T«ble ?_
                   EYE  SENSITIVITY TO LI&HT DURING EXPERIMENTAL OIVINTL IN-
                   HALATION (ON  THt 20TH MINUTE OF INHALATION IN PfcHCENT OF
                           THE IbTH  MINUTE  OF INHALATIUN)
                 o &
                   W
                 a L.
                 0 i

                 C S
                b.U.B.
                D.E.N.
L
a
C
0)
o
128

III
112
123
Bg/n^ of di» my 1
4.2

X
156

129
176
222
* >s
c -Z
IT .
99,9

99,9
99,9
99, 9 i
4.0

j;
131

116
146
128
,*
C —
tr -
99,0

90,0
99,9
50,"0
3.8

*
\130

no
120
121
i~
C .1
IX .
75,0

50.0
98,0
50,0
3.6

X
128

112
-
* >.
• —
ac. .
o
No
oh»nge
No

                ^fi^^K^^^^^^^^

                                            (>*-1V'*'«'-M"*V'V«M^»«itV^^
                    ^^
Fig. 2. Electroencephalogram o.
6tn combination during 3
                     ogram of R, p. Conditioned reflan alphk-rhythB daaynchronllit ion
                     .6 Bg/D3 divjnT/. mhalitioni AC - inhalitien of  I nveat i gated gia
                        »'   oentriiioil  ac _J,,tohing of lioht
onlittion on the
        con-
                                        -  22 -

-------
                   ^
              ^J*>^>^vv^^                       • * ~ M^to»»sr^ - v^
  Fi£. 3.  Eleclroenctphalograt of R. F.  No condi t loned-ref !•« ilpht rhyth« d»Bynchroni lit IOR dur-
           ing  inhtlition of 3 eg/"3 of divinyl.AC tnd  BC •••« •• In Fig. 2.

           In other words,  a. divinyl concentration of 3 rng/m3 had no ef-
fect on any of the test persons.

           A comparison of thresholds determined for odor perception,  eye
sensitivity to light, and electrical brain activity  (4, 3. 8 and 3. 6 mg/m3 ,
respectively) leads to the assumption that 3.0 mg/m3 can be recommended
as the maximum single-exposure concentration of divinyl in atmospheric air.

           For 81 days  (19 May to 7 August 1964) -white rats were exposed
continuously to divinyl to  determine its resorptive action under condition of
uninterrupted, prolonged  inhalation,  as well as to establish the average
daily maximum tolerance dose.  Four chambers  with a volume of 0.1 m3
(Fig, 4) were used.  Air was run into the chambers at the  rate of 30 1/min
by a VPP-4 timed  air blower. Divinyl in gaseous form was added to pure
          Four groups of rats -were used.  Group 1  served as the control
(pure air),  and the remaining three were exposed to concentrations of 1.03 ±
0.006,  3.08 ±0.006,  and 30. 8 ±  0.75 mg/m3,  respectively.

          The divinyl concentrations in the chambers were checked daily by an
SF-4 spectrophotometer in a gas cell,  as well as  after passing through a solid
absorber.   The temperature and humidity in the chambers were also checked
during the inhalation exposure.  These indices were comparatively stable.
Animals were fed in the  chambers twice daily and received a varied diet
(boiled  meat, milk, groats,  bread, oats, grass, vegetables, and fish oil
once a -week).  The  state of the animals and changes occurring during thepso-
longed exposure to divinyl was checked by  a variety of teats.  Results

                                   - 23  -

-------
described in the text.   Before initiating the test, the experimental animals
were quarantined  and  observed for 2 weeks and background studies were con-
ducted related to the indexes chosen as bases to evaluate the following changes
                 .
                                 •f «MM»ur« ch««o«
                                  trailing d*vic»a
Fij. *. 6«wr«l vtM of ••M»ur« ch««c«r» *ith O«M con-
                  rat) ing d*
           Each chamber housed one group of 14-15 male rats of approximate-
 ly the same weight.  At the end of the inhalation exposure some animals were
 sacrificed immediately by decapitation, the living were kept under observa-
 tion for an additional 2 weeks.  At the end of the  recuperation period these
 animals were also sacrificed and their organs  studied histopathologically.
 The following anatomical and functional changes were noted in the course of
 inhalation exposure:

           Animals' General Condition and Weight.  During the preliminary
 inhalation days Group IV animals were restless probably due to the stimu-
 lating effects of the gas.  This reaction was less noticeable in rats of Group
 III.  Animals of the first three groups appeared healthy and active; they ate
 well throughout the exposure and no difference of any kind was  noted in
 their general  condition.  They gained weight.  However,  at the beginning
 of the 3rd month rats of Group IV became visibly less active,  their appetite
 fell as did their rate  of gain in body weight (Fig.  5).  The weight  differ-
 ence reached statistically reliable values only  at the end  of the exposure
 period. After the end of the inhalation exposure,  Group IV rats gained
 weight rapidly.

           State of Peripheral Blood.   The blood of 5 rats in each group was
 examined  every fortnight at a given time of the day.  Blood was taken from
 the tail vein.  The parameters investigated were erythrocyte count,  hemo-

                                    - 24  -
                                     •

-------
globin (in a photoelectric erythroht mometer),  and reticulocyte count.   The
red blood changee  in the rats during the inhalation period were not pro-
nounced.
                  280'h
              fij. i.  Uynasica of »v«r»3» ••iyht r»ts. of different group*
                    in  th» ceurM o( 24-hour divinyl inhalttlon.
              I  - Control groupj 2   Group ll| I  BB/"3 «f divinrl; 3  -
                    Group HI, 3  "9/»3» "*  - Group IV, 30 "9>

           Leucocyte counta were made by the generally accepted method in-
cluding the leucocytic formula.

           By the end of the inhalation period  only rats  of Group IV manifested
a alight leucocytoaia,  which became  statistically reliable  only on the 80th day.
Rats with slight leucocytosis also manifested shifts  in the percent content of
lymphocytes and stabnuclears, but theae differences were not statistically
reliable.

           Activity of the Whole Blood Cholinesterase.   Whole blood cholin-
esterase  activity is  related to  the function of  the  mediators  and unconditional-
ly affected the  state of the central nervous  system and  the tranemittal  of
nerve  pulses from the muscles.   Whole  blood cholinesterase activity also

                                    - 25  -

-------
caused rapid hydrolysis  of acetylcholine,  and its inactivation allowed the
latter  substance to accumulate.

          In the present study 5 rats from each group had been examined
twice before inhalation exposure and once every fortnight during exposure
by the Nicholle modification of the Limperos and Ranta method.  This meth-
od is described by Merewether  (I960).  Visual determination of acetylcholine
hydrolysis time served as the index of cholinesterase activity.
50
iS
iO
JS
JO
25
20
P
F n
-
L J'
^^
0
r , or to
ho let i ixi
••"--. /
^f- ' -,'
X
— — """"-•" ' - i7'

7 22 38 SS '73 8L
Uaya of
tnhelBt i en
As. Fig. 6 shows,
\ changes in this activity were
\ significant only in animals
\ of Group IV. Statistically
reliable differences were
\ noted in this Group on the
V 7th, 38th, 56th, 73rd, and
•- V"? Rlstd a_v s nf ^xno s\irp Siib —
• 	 • / sequently the indices re-
turned to almost the initial
values.
;
Accupor*.- Optical Properties of the
p»r7«}d Blood Serum. The capacity
 Frg>  6.  Diviryl affect on activity of  •*!<>«« blood cholinea-
 toroDo of different r«t groups during continuous 24-hour eon-
 j          i    .  .     _     **
       d i v i ny I inhalation.  j«oe notationB as  in Fi
                                          5.
                                                 of different substances to
                                                 selectively absorb light in a
                                                 given spectral band and at
one or another •wavelength is characteristic also of blood serum.  Kament-
akaya (I960)  mentioned spectral data on the uv absorption by rabbit  blood
serum in the region of 230 to 300 millimicron wavelength,  with maximum
absorption at 275 and minimum at 250  millimicrons.  This  selective absorp-
tion is explained by the presence  in rabbit serum of aromatic amino acids  of
tyrosince (maximum wavelength,  280 millimicrons) and tryptophane (maxi-
mum wavelength, 275 millimicrons).   Kamentskaya believed that the changes
in the absorption spectra of blood serum were related to the serum protein
change,  particularly tyrosine and tryptophane.  Analogous data were report-
ed by A.  D.  Semenko (1963), who studied  the effects of low  aniline  concentra-
tions on the  optical properties of blood serum in rate.  It has also  been noted
that the maximum and minimum serum absorption corresponded to  278  and
250 millimicrons, respectively.

          The ratio of optical density  at \    to that at X  .  fluctuated in
healthy rats  from 1. 8 to  1. 93  (absorption  index) .

          Before being exposed to experimental  inhalation 20 rats  (5 from
each group)  had  been examined to determine the  spectral characteristics  of
their blood  serum.  Spectrophotometer SF-4 and quartz  cuvettes with a layer
thickness of 10 mm. were used.   The serum was diluted 500 times by physio-

                                    -  26  -

-------
                                                           I
logical  solution.  The maximum and minimum were  identical with         '
Kamentgkaya's figures, but in the near uv (around 205-208 millimicrons)   '
fchero was also considerable light absorption.  This peak was not used in      ,
the prooent otudy because 205 millimicrons is actually beyond the resolv-
ing power of the SF-4.   The aerum-absorption index before inhalation
exposure was 1. 7-1. 85. Even on the 9th day of exposure 3 rats of Group IV
manifested  a rise to 2. 07-2. 36, while on the 30th day the index for all  rats
in £hio Group stood  at 2.03-2.36, where it remained to the end of the in-
halation period, falling to a lower level during the recovery  period.  No
marked shifts in this index were noticed in the rats of the other three animal
groups.

          Regardless of changes in the absorption index of Group IV animals,
the location of the absorption bands did not change.  Evidently shifts occurred,
under the divinyl effects, in the content of aromatic amino acids,  and these
ehifte altered the serum light absorption principally as a result of increased
optical densities at \    =278 millimicrons.   The general intoxication of the
organism in connection as the result of divinyl inhalation by  Group IV rats
should have led to an increase in the content of several amino acids in the
blood.*

          The mechanism of a spectral shift clearly  needs more detailed
investigation, but the high sensitivity of the spectrophotometric method of
studying optical properties of blood serum makes it possible to detect the
finest changes in its  protein composition.  The index remained high for 2
weeks  of the recovery  period and did not return to the initial levels.  Among
rats of Groups II and III there were no significant shifts, through the inhala-
tion period, either in absorption band or in optical density.   Thus, the
changes in optical blood serum properties observed in rats  of Group IV point
to changes in the state of serum proteins, associated with the effects of
divinyl in 30 mg/m3  concentration.  At the same time,  the absence  of change
in the other three groups indicated that divinyl concentrations  of 1 and 3 mg/m
are inactive in this test situation.

          Comparing the blood data brings out marked shifts in rats of  Group
IV with respect to leucocyte count,  drop in cholinesterase activity,  and
changes in optical blood properties even in the absence of pronounced changes
in red blood cells.

          Arterial Pressure. The possibility of evaluating the effect of
divinyl on the animal organism during continuous,  prolonged inhalation  ex-
posure is related to the previously described hypotensive activity of divinyl
*At the same time the effects of divinyl on the optical properties of the blood
were being investigated,  T. I.  Lyutikovaya and the present author conducted
a similar study in which  white  rats were inoculated with cracking-process
Here,  too, there were marked shifts in the absorption index.
                                   -  27

-------
under industrial conditions.  A second monomer in the manufacture  of syn-
thetic rubber also possessed this hypotensive  activity- -alpha-methyl -
styrene (E. A.  Kapkayev,  1963)   The rats1 arterial pressure was determined
by an anemic method (V. M. Chernov, 1947;  A. Kh.  Kogan,  1959) in a caudal
piethysmograph with a glass cuff attached to the caudal root.   Pressure  was
recorded  on a  sphygmomanometer and oscillations on a water manometer.
Arterial pressure was determined in 5 rats of each group after the animals
were habituated to the  experimental apparatus and the initial  level of arterial
pressure  was ascertained.  Subsequent arterial pressure checks  were made
during inhalation exposure once every 3 weeks during evening hours.

          Arterial pressure was stable in  all  rat groups  before inhalation
exposure, and for more than 2 months of the experimental exposure (Fig.  7).
However, on  the 7Znd inhalation day the average pressure in  Group IV drop-
ped from  90-93 mm Hg to 75-77; it remained at this level to the end of the
inhalation test and throughout the recovery period.  Beginning with the 72nd
day this blood pressure drop was statistically reliable.  No change was noted
in the arterial pressure of the other rat groups.  Thus,  according to this
test  the effective divinyl  concentration was 30/mg/m3 .
t
0

a
c
t
i
a
O
L.
ifc
L.
V
tf
r0<7
1
30

80


70
SO
\
ff)
•

-
.


•
1

^\. 3
\.^
'"•
-_ ,
~
fore Pun o4 of «»p«rl-
prl_ «ent«l inhalation
h«l»-l V
lion ^ . _
t i i ii
-
^ ^'^ —
Z

	 . 	 •

- — . 	
• lion
Pxriod

                         10
52
72 SO
                                     Dtyo
              Fi£. 7,.  Blood pre«Bur* chw»9«& ia r«4a of diff»rtult groups in
              the course of continuous 2^-hour div my I  inhcliiion.  £&•• ne-
                         tationa aa in Fig. 5.
          Animals' Overall Motor Activity.  Evaluation of the divinyl effects
on the central nervous system and the prevailing stimulation or inhibition in
the cerebral cortex was  made  by  the method of objective recording of total
motor activity based on the principles of actograph.  The  actographic method
has been employed in recording motor and conditioned reflex activity and in
studying the daily periodicity of the animal organism (A. D. Slonim,  1953;
N. I. Kalabukhov,  1940;  Ya. B. Maksimovich,  1954; O.  S.  Kishakovskiy,
1954).   Impulses were recorded by a kymograph connected with pneumatic
capsules, cushions,  electromechanical  counters,  etc.  Special organic
glass chambers were built with a sectioned bottom consisting  of seven mov-
                                   -  28  -

-------
 able plates fastened in the center on semiaxes as  shown in Fig. 8.  When
 the pressure on one half-plate exceeded 0. 5 C/01* » an electric contact un-
 der the plate closed, making it possible to record every movement of the
 animal in the chamber.  The contacts were connected to an electromagnetic
 mechanical counter in  a 12v d.c.  circuit.  During the study the counter re-
 corded all incident pulses.
              Fig. 8. Ch««bor for  th« «tuo> of toUl »otor •ctivity of •»-
          Three such chambers were used, each of which housed a rat for 3
hours.  Each rat was examined not less than 3 times  weekly.  Five rats of
each group were studied actographically.  Before inhalation exposure, rats
were oriented to the equipment in the chambers over  a period  of several
days.  On the  2nd or  3rd day the rats became adapted to the equipment,  and
their behavior in the  chamber  became normalized.  Only in the first 5-10 min.
after being placed in  the chambers did the rats evidence any reaction to the
environmental change.  In order to exclude even this, the  counter was intro-
duced 15 min.  after the animal was placed into the chamber.  The background
of total motor activity was studied for 3-4 days, the average data during the
initial  period was taken as 100 percent.  Later, motor activity was totaled
by weekly inhalation periods for each animal group.  Resulting data are pre-
sented in block form  in Fig.  9.  The degree of change (reduction) in motor
activity in rats of Group IV beginning on the 7th week of inhalation exposure
somewhat exceeded the changes in weight,  general  well being and arterial
pressure of the  rats.  The objective-recording method made it possible to
record these shifts earlier than they appeared in the previous  investigations.
The fall in total motor activity affected  rats of Group IV to the end of the in-
halation exposure and through  the recovery period.
    •
                                  - 29  -


-------
no
120
'00
so
so
VJ
10
tl


• ff '•J-iTT




_ r

t



li_ v
%rr T '
||

)

1 P
r*n ' n r -
> ': ? R ' . ' ' '
- - f ;
i <
. : \ '

\z$$n
'''".' M ;
, •' ,; • ' iii
•M ! i
m HI
* *
*.

\ \
\ h,
• ' '•&¥•
m
* .
. / •


fejT
It''
                 9.  Ch»r3«* in Motor activity of rat* during continuous 2
                 sur* to diyinyi'irh«l«tion, ov*lu«tod on th« o*ai> of «e«kly
                      ptriods «na in poroont of initial v*luo>.
             (-IV »ni«»|  group*} 0 - basic background) I - 12 exposure •««*ti
                          Ib - 2b ••*!(• of rocovory period.

          The differences in Group IV (compared with the controls) are sta-
tistically reliable.  Rats of Groups II and II manifested no significant changes
as compared with the control rats.  According to this test, divinyl was effec-
tive only in a concentration of 30 mg/ma.

          Results of Pathohistological Examination. *   Sections of the liver,
kidneys, heart,  spleen,  brain, and bone marrow (femur) were used. In addi-
tion, the mucous membrane of the tip and pharynx of the nose were examined.

          The specimens were embedded by the  usual  methods, sectioned
and stained with hematoxiline-eosine.  Brain specimens were also embedded
in celloidine, sectioned and stained by the  Nissl  method.  Results were as
follows: the nasal mucous membrane was  not intact even in animals of the
control group, which manifested focal and  in isolated instances, diffuse in-
filtration; the epithelium appeared normal.  The recorded changes may have
been caused by factors in the external medium (mechanical effects in connec-
tion with the large number of animals in the chamber,  air humidity, etc.).
Group III animals (3 mg/m3 manifested disintegration  of the mucous-mem-
brane  epithelemium more frequently than the control group.  A greater dif-
ference was manifested by rats of Group IV (30 mg/m3), which showed pro-
nounced inflammatory infiltration of the mucous  membrane.  In 3  animals
the process was diffuse, with massive exudation from  the nasal cavity.

          The lungs of Group II rats did not differ from those of the controls.
Most rats of Group III exhibited a moderate intermediate pneumonia and small
atelectasis  foci and emphysema against a background of well-developed lymph-
oidal tissue.  There were small  atelectasis foci  and emphysema also well-
developed hyperplasial lymphoidal tissue in nearly all  rats of Group IV.
Many of the animals exhibited obvious  intermediate infiltration, perivascu-
lar edema,  and interstitial  pneumonia.  No histopathological changes were
noted in the brain sections of any control or experimental rats. The same
was true of the bone marrow.  Only animals in Group IV manifested
*V.  V.  Veselovaya investigated and described the microscopic specimens.
                                   -  30  -

-------
 hemoeiderin accumulation in the red pulp of the spleen.
k-
           Many animals of Group IV exhibited thinning of the hepatic columne
 with almost total absence of clear cells, which predominated in the liver of
 the  other three groups.  It must be  assumed that these cells were  rich in
 glycogen.   Individual rate  of Group  IV  showed edema of the endothelium of
 the  sinuses.  Marked changes were noted in the kidneys  of Group IV rats.
 Similar,  but less pronounced,  processes were  seen in rats of Group III,
 appearing as swelling of the epithelium of the convoluted tubules and the
 appearance of protein and  individual hyaline cylinders in the tubule lumens.

           Data obtained from all tests  during rats' inhalation exposure,
 pathological investigation excepted, divinyl in a concentration of 1  or 3
 mg/m3 caused no noticeable changes in the general state of the animals,
 significant results being obtained in most tests only at 30 mg /m3 of divinyl.
 Morphological changes  induced  in animals exposed to the inhalation of
 divinyl in  concentraion  of 3 mg/m3  indicate that the gas has a stimulating
 effect on the mucous membranes of the respiratory tract,  on the lungs, and
 on the kidneys.  A concentration of  1 mg/m3 was ineffective,  and can be
 recommended as the average daily concentration in atmospheric air.

           In 1964 this author investigated divinyl as an atmospheric air pollut-
 ant  in the  vicinity of a synthetic rubber plant which began to operate in 1963,
 producing divinyl--alpha-methylstyrene rubber.  At the present time these
 two  basic  monomers are produced locally. Divinyl is produced by dehydra-
 tion of butane released  by  an oil refinery.  A rosin emulsifier is used for
 polymerization.   The following  are  potent sources  of divinyl discharged
 into the atmosphere:  polymerization and monomer-distillation shops,  shops
 where divinyl is extracted  from a copper-ammonia complex by  chemiabsorp-
 tion, and the divinyl storage shop.

           The investigation •was conducted in the July-August period (170
 samples) and November-December  of 1964 (150 samples) at outside-air tem-
 peratures  of plus 25 to  30° C in  the summer and minus 7 to 15° in the winter.
 The samples were passed through a solid sorbent in U-shaped absorbers
 with aqueous aspirators or pumps from PkhB.-54-MV equipment.   During
 summer months the divinyl concentration exceeded the proposed maximum
 single-exposure tolerance  level (3 mg/m3) at only three points:  50 and 70m
 from the divinyl extraction shop (6.12 and 6 mg/m3) and 30 m from the mon-
 omer distillation shop (3.31 mg/m  ).

           During the winter months excessive amounts were  discovered  only
 at 20 m from the same  shops (3. 2 and  3. 5 mg/m3). At 500 m the  divinyl
 concentration was 0.2-0.7 mg/m3 ,  while at a radius of 1500-2000  m there
 •were no traces.

                                   - 31  -

-------
          The low boiling temperature of clivinyl (minus 4°C) and the high
temperature of the ambient air during the summer (20-30°) caused  consider-
able escape of the gas from the shops.   During the winter months divinyl con-
centration was lower at all sampling stations,  In this connection special  at-
tention should be  focused on making all systems in the shops absolutely
leak-proof,  particularly during the  summer, to reduce the discharge of
divinyl into atmospheric air.

                            CONCLUSIONS

          1.   On the basis  of the present study it is recommended that 3
mg/m  be adopted as the maximum single-exposure concentration in atmos-
pheric  air.

          2.  On  the basis of  results obtained in this study under conditions
of prolonged, chronic divinyl  inhalation,  it is suggested that 1 mg/m3 be
adopted as the permissible average daily concentration of divinyl in atmos-
pheric  air.

          3.  To  determine microquantities of divinyl in atmospheric air in
the presence  of other products of synthetic rubber production ,  it is suggest-
ed that a  spectrophotometric method be employed which retains the divinyl
on a solid sorbent with  subsequent spectrophotometric determination of the
elated isooctane  solution in anSF-4 spectrophotometer.
                                   - 32 -

-------
                    TOXICITY OF ETHYLENE OXIDE
                       IN LOW CONCENTRATIONS

                              T.  Yuldashev

              From the Department of Municipal Hygiene of the
                 Central Institute of Post Graduate Medicine
                 and the Uzbek Scientific Research Institute
              for Hygiene, Sanitation  and Occupational Diseases
           Ethylene oxide (oxirane) was discovered by A.  Wuertz in 1857, it
is a colorless gas at room temperature having the  odor of ether and a caustic
taste.   At low temperatures it turns into a fluid which is more volatile than
either.  Its boiling  and freezing points are, respectively,  10.7 and - 1 11. 7° C .
In a 3  to 80 percent mixture with air it can be explosive.   It is soluble in
•water,  alcohol, ether, and other material  containing free  hydrogen atoms.
Ethylene oxide (EO) easily interacts with many organic and inorganic sub-
stances  and is stable at high temperatures. There are two ways to pro-
duce EO:  by  the  interaction of alkalies with ethylene chlorohydrin,  and by
direct catalytic oxidation.  EO is used in the organic-synthesis industry to
produce glycol and polyglycol esters,  acrylonitrile, and acrylic acid esters
and  their polymers, used in the manufacture of organic glass, synthetic fi-
bers ("orlon"), and synthetic  rubber.   In addition EO is used in  the produc-
tion of textiles, lubricants,  and plastic solvents; also as a pesticide, in
daily life, and as a disinfectant in medicine.  EO is a highly poisonous nar-
cotic,  which may be due to the formation in the organism, as a result of EO,
of formaldehyde or ethylene glycol with subsequent formation of oxalic acid.
It is also possible that EO combined with trimethylamine  to form an active
acetylcholine, or it may react with the amino  groups of proteins (N.  V.
Lazarev, 1963)   According to Lazarev a 10 min. exposure to an atmosphere
containing EO vapor will produce  severe vomiting, dizziness,  sweet tasfce
in the mouth,   and - for  several weeks thereafter -  impairment of cardiac
activity.  E.  M. Bongard and  V.  F. Shlyapin (1958) examined the health of
workers coming in direct contact with EO.   Acute EO poisoning  occurred in
workers under emergency conditions, when the  EO concentration became
high.  Acute EO poisoning affected the nervous system and normal psycho-
logical functions.  Soviet and  foreign studies agreed regarding the toxicity
of relatively high EO concentrations; however, no biological effects  of small
concentrations in atmospheric air were recorded in the literature.   Using
the M.  V. Alekseeva modification of the E.  Sh.  Gronsberg method,  the
author conducted  a study - first,  for the determination of  the odor percep-
tion threshold - of EO in atmospheric air.

           Data in Table 1 show that the odor perception threshold concentra-
tion in the most sensitive subjects was 1. 5  mg/m3 , and the maximum odor

                                   -  33 -

-------
 nonperceptible,  1.0 mg/m5
                            Tib It I
   RfiULTS OF LTHVLtNE OXIuc FnKtiHOLD ODJfi
            DfcTthbllttTIOHi
        Studies  on EO effect on eye sen-
'eitivity to light showed that for the most
sensitive persons the minimum odor
perception threshold was 1  mg /m3 , while
the concentration of odor perception sub-
threshold was 0. 5 mg/m3  (Table 2,
Fig. 1).
                                             The effect of EO on the electrical
                                      activity of  the cerebral cortex in mar
                                      was studied using an 8 - lead  Kaiser
                                      EEG equipped with engineer B.  N.
Balashev's integrator; the A.  D.  Semenko method was followed, by which
the subject's EEG was recorded, while a rhythmically pulsing light of op-
timum frequency and variable intensity (0.1-0.6 j) was used as the stimula-
tion.  The EEG helps to determine the nature of amplication of the alpha-
rhythm's natural potential.
No. gf
obsor-
*0 t ions

2
3
3
2
^ 2
6
2

H.n .rce J
c on c rt • m |

1.5
1 ,9
2,7
3,5
4,3
5,4
tiara than 6.6

Max . nonpar -
percept i ble
concne . -
in 09 /m
1,0
1,5
1.9
2,7
3,5
4,3
— ,
1
Total ob-
servat ions

75
103
99
71
53
170
40

                                                     Tibia 2.
                   tTt SENilTIVBTY TO LIGHT CHANGE DURING EXPERIMENTAL
                              ETHYLtNE OXIDE INHALATIOB
- -- -
(O
t.B.
L.K.
a -
o
u a
« 9
rf
L. a
o u
-O £.
0 •»"
1,5
1,5
2,7
c.
• 1.
— «» w •
T ^~
• ». J"
O -
205
327
159
2,4
~
642
427
166
MT'N

5,5
2,9
0,39
i1
^ - u
• — ^
C
a
o

X
£
312
445
133
.0 M
^
2,5
3,6
1,9
riM1
TJ-O
~o~ ^
a
b
o
C
~
178
389
.5 urlu'

0.95
1,1

*- *
- — -»
5-5
0
0
               Hotei  Rsl ubi I ityi • - 95i| b - 99}) c - 99.9)

After several tests with pure air,  the  subject,  unknown to him,  was given
inhalation of EO for 3 min. in a concentration below the odor perception
threshold; the  effect of this concentration  is judged by changes elicited in
the alpha-rhythm.  Tests were made with EO  in concentrations  of Z.  3,
1.4,  0.65, and 0.3 mg/m".  For the group of  volunteers  the threshold of
odor perception  was 1. 9-2. 7 mg/m3 , while 0. 65 was the  minimum concen-
tration which elicited changes in alpha-rhythm potential.   A concentration
of 0. 3 mg/m3  was inactive (Fig. 2); it is here proposed as the maximum
single-exposure concentration in atmospheric air (Table  3).

           Maximal allowable average  daily concentrations were determined
by means of chronic experiments using 60 white male rats weighing 95-130 g.
Rats were divided into 4 groups of 15,  three of which were exposed to con-
tinuous 83 days inhalation of the following  EO  concentrations in mg/m :
                                    - 34  -

-------
I,  0.3 (the above recommended single-exposure tolerance); II, 0.03,111, 0.01;
and IV,  control.  The EO concentration in each chamber  was checked daily.
The range of averages for Groups I, II, and III, respectively, was  0.31±
0.0069, 0.03±0.0016, and 0. 015 ± 0 . 0069 mg /m3 .  The parameters used in
judging EO effects  were:  general behavior and body  weight gain,  effect
on chronaxy ratio of the antagonist muscles,  change in whole blood chlo-
rides and residual nitrogen content, changes in blood serum protein fraction
picture,  and the results of pathomorphological and pathohistological examin-
ation at the end of inhalation and the recovery periods.
                             to
                                  1S    20    15
                                  Ti«e in ainute*
                                                 30
               f>3. I.  Ethylene oiide effect on ev* leridtivity  to light of
                                    feule Z Jk.Kh.
                I - Cltw air, 2 - 2.1* ajjm3; 3 - I "g/» j  ** - 0.5 «g/B3
                                                         s'.
                       //J
                    »   /'i7
                    •; -^too
                    V
                       so
                    \
       9ro5nd'f  ^  j  "•«»'•>>• Mri.d-
         /  2  J  i,  5  6  7 __JI__ _9 - >0 n  12
                 TIB* in  Binutee
Fiyt 2. Enhancement of initnl (orlginil rhy th
 tiela dunoj ethylene o»ide  inh«l«tio n by f
     I - Clean «irf 2 _ I .Ij »g/«3j 3 - 0,65
              4 - 0=3 »9/"3
                                                         13
                                                      ul« H.I.
                                  -  35  -

-------


RG oc 1 1 on studied*


Odor porceptcefi
E jo sans' t r v i ty to
1 igM
Electrical ac 1 1 v i ty
dg/o-^ of a thjr 1 en«
oaico
Ihr.Bhold
ccncn.

1,5
1,0
0.65
of cram cortea
Sub-
LW_nnt^«* 1
tnraQno i
concn.
1,0
0.5
0,3

                             Tab I• 3           ,     ,    r  11
            UDLt OF Ht»uLU obiAiNEU  br             Animals of all  groups were
        OF tiHYLtNt cuiut tFFtu ON teAM'i,     active throughout the inhalation
                                     period and no statistically reliable
                                     changes in weight were found.  Five
                                     rate of each group were examined
                                     every 10 days,  under identical condi-
                                     tions  and at the same hour of the day,
                                     and to check on the hind leg  muscles
                                     chronaxy ratio; a response was re-
                                     corded on an ISE-01 pulse chronaxy-
                                     meter when the animal jerked its
                                     foot.  The muscle-antagonist chronaxy
ratio constitutes a sensitive test which reflected functional  shifts  in the cen-
tral nervous system when low  concentrations of toxic  substances  were in-
haled (K. A. Bushtuyeva, 1961; V.  A. Gofmekler,  I960; Yu.  G. Fel'dman,
1962; R.  Ubaydullayev, 1961; V.  A. Chizhikov, 1963; and others).

          Rate of Group I (0. 3 mg/m^ experienced an inverse antagonist
ratio on the 8th week of exposure to inhalation (increase in flexor chronaxy)
which persisted to the end of the  experimental inhalation period.   These
changes reverted to normal during the recovery period.  The statistical
reliability of the changes was 0. 95-0 . 999-  No reliable changes were ob-
served  in the antagonist ratio in rats of the other three groups (Fig. 3).

          On the basis of data presented by P.  V. Zimakov (1946) and
N.  V. Lazarev (1963) indicating that EO affected the kidney function and the
mineral salts content in the blood,  which is a reliable index of the harmful
activity of several unfavorable factors,  a study was  initiated to determine
the dynamics  of chlorides and  residual nitrogen in the whole blood of white
rats. Chlorides were determined in 5 rats of each group once every 15 days,
using the Levinson method based on the fact that chlorides yielded insoluble
silver chloride with silver nitrate.  The proteinless filtrate of the blood,
containing the  chlorides, is titrated by a solution of  silver nitrate in the
presence of calcium chromate  to a change of color.

          In rats of Group I the change  in blood  chloride content appeared at
the end  of the second month of inhalation exposure; it took the form of a
reduction in chloride concentration from 458. 3 mg percent of 375. 6 (controls:
469.5).   Statistical reliability  of these changes waa 0.999.   The content  of
chlorides returned to normal (Fig. 4) during  the recovery period.

          No reliable change in the blood chloride content was noted in rats of
Groups  II, III, and IV.  After 20 days the residual blood nitrogen  was deter-
mined in 5  animals  of each group;  Convee  cups were used in the  chloride de-
termination, a method based on the fact that organic matter  decomposed by
sulfuric acid in the presence of a catalyzer formed amonium sulfate.

                                   -  36 -

-------
  015
  C.K
  Of?
  O.W
  DOB
  Q.OS
                Exposure ptnod
                                       Ammonia was set free by the addition
                                       of an alkali.  Sulfuric acid which did
                                       not react with the ammonia, is ti-
                                       trated with an alkali.  The amount of
                                       bound acid corresponded to the amount
                                       of ammonia set free, which in turn cor-
                                       responded to the amount of nitrogen.

                                               A change in the residual-nitro-
                                       ben content of the blood appeared in the
                                       Group I rats during the  latter half of
                                       the  second month of inhalation exposure
                                       rising from the initial level of 36.4 mg%
                                       to 56.3  and then returning to normal
                                       level during the recovery period.  The
                                       control  reading was 38.1.  The reliabil-
                                       ity of this change was 0.95.

                                               Rats of  Groups II and III exhibi-
                                       ted no reliable  change (Fig.  5).   Paper
                                       electrophoresis tests were  made every
                                       20 days to determine the effects  of EO
                                       on the protein fraction picture of the
                                       blood serum uaing 5 rats of each group?
                                       throughout the  inhalation period no re-
Fig. 3.  Huici. •ntajonut chron«iy ratio m «*-  liable changes  in the overall  amount of
p.naent.l  »ni.,lG .ff.ct.d by .thyl.n.  wild*.              ,&    ..if   ^4-4«T,B -art-Tr- ob-
i, n, in, .nd iv -group, .tudi.d, .oi.d eurv. protein and protein fractions were OD
- .Kt^.«-B, br,k«, i,n. «,rv.. . fluori.       served.  In summarizing the results, it
           Zi
' 13 33 J/t 13 23 2/XI 12 2Z O/H/r
  Study  dates
        tyw,
             tf/f   R/II
                   Study dal..
                                                          Dil«8 of
I -
   . IJ. tthylen. ond. «ff.ot on .hoi. blood eKlorid«B  f,3_ 5.  Eff.ct of .Ihylen. o«id. on residue"
            10 rile of diff.r.nt  group!            |n -no|. blood of rats of difUroot ercapD.
   O.J og/B3j 2 - 0.03 Bg/«3} 3 _ o.OI «9/B3| >* - eon-                MB. BB in Fig. >*.
                 trol
                                      -  37  -

-------
 can be stated that chronic  83-day exposure to EO inhalation of white rats
 in a concentration of 0. 3 mg/m3 elicited  pronounced changes in the an-
 tagonist muscles chronaxy ratio and in the concentration of chlorides and
 residual nitrogen in the blood.  An EO concentration of 0. 03 mg/m3 eli-
 cited no changes in any of the  tests.  Therefore, this concentration is
 recommended as the average  daily maximal concentration in atmospheric air.

            To determine the extent,  type,  and intensity of air pollution,  a
 survey was conducted in the summer of 1967  in the  proximity of the EO  man-
 ufacturing planta:  single-exposure  air samplea were collected at 50 to  500  m
 from a leeward discharge source (Table 4).
                    ETHTLENt OXIUE AIR POLLUTION AROUND THE PLANT
-
H« tire
frgn dis-
charge
point
50
100
200
300
500

y_ a f
NO • 0 '
26
28
31
30
32
	 .
Ha.,..)
c«ncn.
0,262
0,230
0,231
0,258
O.I
Distribution of concentrations
In mgjm*
Mart Into
O.Z
8
3
5
6
—
0.2-0,15
17
10
11
16
" —
0.15—0,]
1
11
12
7
1
Less thin
O.I

4
3
1
31
           Results of the study showed that EO air pollution around the plant
in an area of 500 m radius, the EO concentrations were substantially below
those recommended for a single-maximal exposure.  Serious consideration
should be given the probability that if plant production were to be enhanced
by the introduction of new technology (e.g. , EO production by direct oxi-
dation),  the intensity  of atmospheric polution  might considerably increase.
In this connection it must be borne in mind that in establishing boundaries
for the  sanitary  protection zone, the presence in the  proximity of other
plants discharging air pollutants should be taken into account.
                             CONCLUSIONS

           1.  Ethylene oxide as a poison affected all body organs and systems,
principally the central nervous system.

           2.  The EO odor perception threshold for most sensitive test per-
sons was found to be 1. 5 mg/m3 ; threshold eye sensitivity to light 1. 0 mg/m3 ;
and threshold of electrical cerebral cortex activity 0. 65 mg/m3 ,

           3.  It  is recommended that 0. 3 mg/m3 ef EO be adopted as the limit
of its concentration in atmospheric air.
                                   -  38 -

-------
          4.  Chronic,  Z4-hr.  exposure of white rate to the  inhalation of air
containing 0.3 mg/m3 of EO for 83 days produced changes, affected the ani-
mals' flexor-extensor chronaxy ratio and the chloride and residual  nitrogen
blood contents.

          5.  It is suggested that the average daily maximal allowable EO
concentration in atmospheric air be sat at 0. 03 mg/m3 .

          6.  Atmospheric air pollution with EO has been demonstrated as
far as 500 m from the discharge source.
           A STUDY OF HYGIENIC PROPERTIES OF METHANOL
                  AS AN ATMOSPHERIC AIR POLLUTANT

                             R .  U b aydull ayev

                 From the A. N.  Sysin Institute  of General and
       Municipal Hygiene, USSR Academy of Medical Sciences,  and the
              Uzbek Scientific Research Institute for Hygiene,
                   Sanitation, and Occupational Diseases
          Methanol is produced synthetically and by hydrolysis in large
quantities.  It is used -widely in the manufacture of organic dyes, pharma-
ceutical  compounds, formaldehyde,  and other chemicals.  The main sourceQ
of methanol as an air pollutant are plants manufacturing paint, varnish, wood-
chemistry products, furniture  making and some metal working plants.
Methanol is a nerve and blood vessels poison the effects of which are cumu-
lative.  L. I.  Kazas (1925) and V. M  Rozhkova (1948) consider that the basic
poison effects of methanol came from its primary oxidation products in the
organism, viz. ,  formaldehyde, which arrested cell  respiration and inhibit-
ed the oxidation functions  of the body.  The effects of low methanol concen-
trations  on the living organism have been studied by Chiao Chen-Tsi (1959),
who  experimentally determined the concentration of  its odor perception
threshold (4.1 mg/m3)  and threshold of reflex an eye sensitivity to light
(3.3  mg/m3); he also conducted chronic inhalation series with white  rats
and methanol vapor in concentrations of 50 and 177 mg/m  for 12-hr,  daily
intervals for 3 months.  These studies served as a basis for setting  the

                                   - 39  -

-------
maximum allowable single-exposure and maximal average-daily concentra-
tion limits in atmospheric air at 1. 5  and 0. 5 mg/m3 , respectively.

           However, in setting the single-exposure concentration level the
authors did not employ the most sensitive index,  which is electrical cerebral
cortex reflex activity and continuous 24 hr. inhalation exposure.  In the
present paper error by omission was corrected by using the most modern
experimental procedures.  Methanol concentration in the atmospheric air
was determined by the  method of M. V.  Alekseyeva (1963).  First,  the
threshold  of methanol odor perception was determined in 25 test volunteers
18 to 40 years old.  Nine  methanol concentrations ranging from  3.9 to 12.2
mg/m° were used, and results reported in Table 1.
                       Table I
                                        Data in the last line show that the
       THHtiHoius OF wtTHANOL VAPGH ODOR  minimum perceptible and maximum nonper-
                                         concentrations were 4. 5
Nod. of
tool
Poroons
3
5
4
T
2
5
6
Minna! (jarcvp-
tibl* concn.
in iig'/n3
10.3
8,4
7 5
' > *•*
6,5
5.6-
4.5
Maximal nonperc«p-
tible eoncn. in
•B/-3
9.7
7,5
6 5
5,6
4,5
3.9

. r^
mg/m , respectively, closely approximating
the 4.1 mg/m3 recommended by Chiao Chen-
^3 J ^"^
Tai. The lowest methanol concentration
which upon inhalation affected eye sensitiv-
ity to light waa studied next, using an ADM
adaptometer and three test persons aged 18
to 25. Teats were made once daily on each
individual under identical conditions and at a standardized time of day.

          The physiological background -  i.e., the normal curve  of eye
adaptation to the dark or sensitivity to light - was determined on 8 successive
days by 15- and 20-min. pure air inhalations.  A  4.11 mg/m3  methanol con-
centration elicited a sharp change in the light subjects' eye sensitivity to
light, while  only one individual reacted to  a concentration of 3.52 mg/m3 ;
the inactive  methanol concentration for this  individual was 3.06 mg/m3
(Fig.  1).
                                         Effect of low methanol concentrations
                                 on the electrical cerebral cortex reflex ac-
                                 tivity was investigated by the method of A. D.
                                 Semenenko (1963) using an 8-lead EEG.  Six
                                 subjects most  sensitive to olfactory stimuli
                                 were selected  for this test (Table 2)  At
                                 least 4 tests were made with each concen-
                                 tration, and the  methanol inhalation was al-
                                 ternated by tests with pure air.
            10 15  20 25
            I toe in Bin.

£<£• I.  Changes in »y» sensitivity to
light effected by methanol vapor inhala-
             tion.
I - Clean air) 2 - 4.11 •q/B3I 3 - 3.53
      •B/»3i ^ - 3.06
                                        Results of this investigation showed
                                 that methanol in 1.46 mg/m3 concentration
                                 affected  the alpha-rhythm amplitude; how-
                                 ever, this was true in only 2 cases of the
                                    - 40  -

-------
group which inhaled air containing methanol in concentration of 1.17 mg/m3
The 1.01 mg/m3  concentration proved inactive  in all test persons.  Results
nrp  nhown In Table 3 indicating that the maximal methanol concentration of
single inhalation determined in earlier studies (1.5 mg/m3) needs to be
lowered to 1 mg/m3 .
                                 Table 2

      QtTHANOL YA^OH HEFLtX EFFECT OM ELECTRICAL
            BHAIN CORTEX ALTIVITt
Toot
per song
G. K.
P. K.
T. A.
K. K.
L. T „
L. tl.
MB/" of nathtnol

1.4G

+
j_
+
+

1.17

+
Not in«y»li-
geleiT
+
Not investi-
gated

I.Ol

—
—
—
—
 Remark i + t tt k i a t ice I Ijr reliable »nd - etetie-
              ticelly non-rol title che/ig**
Tible 3
UETHANJL LifltbriOLu ODOH ANO HLFLLX EFFECT ON THE HUMAN
OR&ANISB

"

Inreahol d


Odor per-
capt ion
Eye ««ni 1 1 1 v > ty
to 1 1 jh t
E loctricel »ct ivi ty
of brain
cm-tea
According to / According to thie
Cn»0 Chan-Le* ' luthnr
Concantrtt ioni in ag/a

U in i Ba 1
•cl i ve
4,1

3,3

Not
•tudiad


HlIIBll
mtct ive
3,7

2,4





•iniael
ective
4,5

3,53


1. 17


B««iael
meet i»e
3,9

3,06


1. 01

the end of the experimental period the control
amount of weight.
        In order to check the
 average-daily expoaure limits
 45 white male rats were sub-
 jected to chronic, 24-hr.,  90
 day inhalation exposures.
 The rats, which weighed 100
 to ZOO g, were divided into
 three groups of 15 specimens;
 they were tested by following
 methanol concentrations,  in
 mg/m3:  Group I, 5 (some-
 what higher than the odor per-
 ception threshold);  Group II,
 0.5 (the  existing average daily
 maximum allowable concen-
 tration); and Group  III,  con-
 trols.  The air temperature
 and methanol concentrations
 had been checked in each cham-
 ber daily in the course of the
 study.  Average methanol con-
 centration for Group I was
 5. 31 ±0. 62 mg/m3 ,  for  Group
 II, 0. 57± . 059 mg/m3 .   Dusr-
 ing the inhalation period ani-
 mals  of all groups were
 healthy,  active,  and gained  m
 body •weight.  However, toward
animals lost some neglible
          Once every 10 days 5 rats of each group were checked for theisr
motor chronaxy ratio.   Prolonged inhalation of methanol vapors by rats in
Group I (5.3 mg/m3) manifested statistically reliable changes beginning with
the 6th week, also a paradoxical and inverse ratios  of antagonist chronaxy.
At the end of the recovery period the chronaxy ratio of flexor and  extensor
muscles returned to normal.
          Rats  of Group II manifested no changes in their chronaxy indices
(Fig. 2).
                                   -  41  -

-------
n
I.B
1.5
c / 3

J *-2
**-
o /./
u
° to
-^
4
* as
as
0.1

/? ' 6
~\ ;
-V
c;^ /
^^
-

-

_


-
-
-
l
- -
^N^y/^\_x<^
\ x-/ / ^
^ i *
\ , / \
\ ' \
\ ' \
\ ' v
\ / \
\ ' x

\~"

Inhalation period
i i i i i i i i


\
V /
V" * 2

/
/
f
s
s
r

_
1 1
Dties of study
Fig- 2. Muscle an Ugoniats, chronaxy ratio changes in rata
effected by the inhalation of oethanol vipor. ,
A and B period of Inhalation. 1 - Clean airj 2 - 5.31 »y/«
3 - 0.37 ng/"3
          M. I.  Gusev (I960), K.  A. Bushtuyeva (1964), B. M. Mukhitov
(1961) and others have noted changes in the excretion of coproporphyrin with
the urine of the animals during prolonged action of several harmful chemical
agents, a physical phenomenon which was carefully studied here.   Daily
urine samples had been collected from 5 rats of each group into specially
made glass containers.  Porphyrin  was extracted from the urine by the Fish-
er method; the amount of coproporphyrin was determined once every two
weeks with anSF-4 spectrophotometer in the 400-410 millimicrons  range.
The amount of coproporphyrin excreted via the urine of Group I rats per 100 g
of body weight dropped sharply beginning with the 7th week and then stayed
at this level  for the duration of the inhalation period (Fig.  3).  Normalization
set in on the 20th day of the recovery period.  No statistically reliable changes
were observed in rats of Group II.
           Whole blood cholinesterase activity was determined,  colorimetrical-
ly by the A.  A. Pokrovskiy (1953) method as modified by A.  P.  Martynova
(1957),  using 5 rats of each group fortnightly.   Before experimental inhalation
acetylcholine hydrolysis time averaged 38-39  min.  Beginning with the 6th
week, hydrolysis time for rats  of Group 1 rose to 41 min. ,  indicating a de-
crease in cholinesterase activity.  By  the end of the inhalation period the
time had  risen to 43  min. (Fig. 4),  after which it returned  to normal.  No
reliable changes were found in rats of  Group II.

           Reports found in the literature clearly indicate that total blood
protein and the blood  protein fractions  picture were affected by disease and
by different  chemical substances (R. Ubaydullayev,  1961; V. A. Chizhikov,

                                   - 42 -

-------
1964; P. G.  Tkachcv, 1964; Granati,  Sekavo, 1956; Mario,  Carlo,  1957.
Therefore, the action of low  methanol concentrations  on protein fractions
of blood serum was  studied experimentally by the  method of paper elecO
trophoresis in 5 rata of each group.  Blood was taken from the  tail vein on
an empty stomach every 15 days.
                    tilt!
   p/iv i/v  H/V  zs/v  8/vi  22/vi 6/rii
  ^^         '   Dittu of  study

fit- 3. Coproporphrm* «li*inition »i» th« urin*
            during B«th«nel  »*por inhalction.
              Notation*  »••« •• in  Fig. 2.
                                                                S//K
                                                              riti
                    JB
                    31.
                                    Period of «»p»ri-
                                    •antil  lnh«l»tion
  28/IV   13/V
                                   7/VI  21/VI  5/VII 19/m
                                     D*t»B of «tudy
                   Fig.  U.  Ch«ng«» in *ol« blood ch«( ioest«r»»» ictrv-
                           i ly  in rtts foj loimg ••thinel vipor inhilition.
                                  Notitioni ••••   •••  In Fig. 2.
                                        -  43  -

-------
            Changes  appeared 7 weeks after the beginning of inhalation in rats
of Group I   Results showed that  albumin content dropped  and the amount  of
beta-  and gamma-globulins increased.  Alpha-globulin content did not change.
The fractional protein picture  in  rals  of Group II did not change (Table 4).
                                                 -          -lib la It
                    TJTAL HrtQTEIN AND  PROTEIN FRACTIONS IN BLOOD SERUM IN  RAtV
                      CHRONICALLY EXPOSED  TO IKHALATIO* OF BETHANOL VAPOR
1 nhal »t i on
period
before
exposure


On ttSlh in-
halation dty


-
On yoth
dav
vmj


[
On 20th
recovery
cay

Group
I
II
III '
Con-
trol
ii
in
Con- ,
trol
I
II
III
Con-
trol
I
II
III
Con-
trol
Total
proto in
9,02
9,31
8,91

8,79
9,01
9,Q2


9,17
9,16
8,89


9,27
9,05
8,79


Albu-
• m
41,8
44,8
45,1

34,7
44,1
43,6


32,8
42,0
42,9


39,4
42,2
44,2


(i lobu 1 ins
Alpha
24,6
23.2
23.3

24,0
21,5
20,9


23,3
21,8
21,8


25.3
20,2
20,2


B.ta
20,7
19,4
19.2

24,0
20,2
20,9


25.8
21,9
21,2


21,2
22,1
22,9


Ga«»a
12,9
12,6
12,4

IT. 3
14,2
14,6


18.1
M.3
14,1
-

14.1
15,5
12,7


Al bu»in/
Globu 1 in
rat 10
0,72
0,81
0,83

0,53
0,79
0,87


v 0,49
0,72
0,76


0.65
0.73
0,80


                                                            Trtl* 5
                     METHANOL VAPOR POLLUTED ATMOSrHERIC AIR  IN THE ENVIRONS
                               OF U/BEKISTAN HtDHOLITIC PLANTS
Ue tfl re f roo
source of
di scharye
No. of
eanpl eb
Single concentration In
•9/"3
Haxiaal
UiniMl
No. of air aiiplaa
of conccntrat tona
1 and
h lyhtr
1 and
b.lo.
                                   THE ANDI^HANSK PLANT
100
200
3OO
500
16
18
27
18
4
2,26
1.67
0,33
0.14
0.46
0.11
0.05
—
10
5
—
—
6
13
27
18
THE FERGANSK PLANT
100
200
300
500
17
15
25
19
4.49
2,2
0,83
0.3
0.89 "
0.1
0,11
—
16
9
—
—
1
6
25
19
THE Y-ANOYULLU PLANT
100
200
300
14
24
14
1,15
0.55
0,05
0,1
1
—
3
—
—
11
24
14
                                          - 44 -

-------
No changes were observed in the total proteins.  The results  show that after
90 days only rats  of Group I (5.31 mg/m3)had been affected.   A methanol-
vapor concentration of 0. 57 mg/ma was inactive.  Accordingly 0. 5 mg/m3
is recommended as the average daily maximal permissible concentration.

          An air pollution survey was conducted with reference to methanol
in May  and  August 1962 in the  proximity of the Andizhansk,  Fergana,  and
Yangiyul1 hydrolytic plants of  Uzbekistan, leeward of the plants at distances
of 100 to 500 from the discharge point (Table 5).

          Data in the  table show that at 100 and 299 m from the first two
plants the methanol concentration in the air  exceeded the allowable maximum
(1 mg/m3).   At the third plant this excess was detected only at 100 m.  At
greater distances from the plants  all concentrations were less than 1 mg/m3 .
                            CONCLUSIONS

          1.   Methanol air pollution in the vicinity of hydrolytic plants was
detected up to 200 m from the plants.

          2.  The methanol odor perception threshold for highly sensitive indi-
viduals was determined at 4. 5 mp/m3 , of eye sensitivity to light at 3.35 mg /
m3 ,  and of effects on electrical brain activity at 1.17 mg/m3 .

          3.  It is,  therefore,  recommended that the maximum allowable
methanol single exposure concentration in atmospheric air should not ex-
ceed 1 mg/m3 .

          4.  Chronic, 24 hr. ,  90-day inhalation of methanol in the air in a
concentration of 5.3 mg/m3 elicited in experimental rats changes in direct
antagonist chronaxy ratio, in whole blood cholinesterase activity, in the
elimination rate of coproporphyrin via the urine,  and in the blood serum
protein fractions.  A concentration of 0.57 mg/m3  proved inactive.

          5.  It is recommended that the average daily methanol concen-
tration in the air be set at 0.5 mg/m3 .
                                   - 45 -

-------
     ATMOSPHERIC AIR POLLUTION WITH VAPORS OF HYDROLYTIC
              ALCOHOL AND ITS EFFECT ON THE ORGANISM

                              R.  Ubaydullayev

                From the A. N. Sysin Institute of General and
      Municipal Hygiene,  USSR Academy of Medical Sciences, and the
              Uzbek Scientific Research Institute for Hygiene,
                  Sanitation,  and Occupational Diseases

          Hydrolytic alcohol is  ethyl alcohol (ethanol) containing a variety
of acid  admixtures in 0.036-0.13 g/li concentration computed on the basis of
acetic acid,  unsaturated compounds in 0.07-0.89 g/li on the basis  of  allyl
alcohol, 3-6.2 g/li of methanol, 1.7-21.6 g/li of carbonyl computed on the
basis of acetaldehyde,  0.024 g/li  of furfural  and 2.3 g/li of higher spirits
computed as isobutyl alcohol.  Normal ethanol is a transparent,  colorless,
volatile fluid with a  specific odor having a boiling point of 78. 4° C.  It mixes
in all proportion with v/ater, ether, and chloroform,  and dissolves mineral
salts,  especially chlorides, nitrates,  acetates,  and some essential fatty oils.
Ethanol is produced normally by fermentation from such starch-containing
materials as potatoes,  cereals, rice,  or molasses.   Synthetic ethanol is
produced from  ethylene and acetylene.

          The most widespread of the ethanol products is hydrolytic  alcohol,
the manufacture of which is based on fermentation of hexose sugar obtained
from hexose-containing plants.   Ethanol is used as a solvent in the manu-
facture of varnishes  and polishes,  in synthesizing many organic compounds,
as a raw material in the production of synthetic  rubber by  the Lebedev
method, as a fuel for internal-combustion engines, and preparing food, medi-
cines, and other items of the  economy.  Ethanol has  narcotic properties and
can be classed as a poison.  Chronic use or exposure to ethanol has caused
organic diseases of the nervous, digestive,  and cardiovascular systems,
liver,  etc.

          However,  no information was found in the literature on the  effects
of low ethanol concentrations  on man and animals  as  a result of vapor inhala-
tion.  Its maximum permissible concentration in atmospheric air has also not
been established, and no data were found on air pollution around plants pro-
ducing or using ethanol.  These phases of air pollution were studied by the
present author and discussed  in this report.

          Atmospheric air pollution with ethyl alcohol was determined by
I. A. Pinigina's method (1961), which is based on the interaction of alcohol
with a  vanadium-hydroxyquinoline complex, which formed an orange  dye.
The sensitivity of the method  is 0.002 mg in 2. 5 ml.   To obtain the required
ethanol-air mixture the air was passed through  an S-shaped device filled with

                                   - 46 -

-------
 hydrolytic ethyl alcohol.  For several days before the experiment was ini-
 tiated the ethanol concentration constancy in the cylinder was checked and
 found that its fluctuations were negligible.  Threshold of odor perception
 was tested on 25 persons aged 18 to 40.  Altogether 385  readings with 7
 concentrations  between 6.3-14.8 mg/m3 were made.  Results are summar-
 ized in  Table 1.
                       Ttble I
 THRtiiHULtJ Ol/OR DE1ERM liUT I UN OF HYDhOLYTIC
            tlHTL ALCOHOL
OB . 01 to&t
persona
I
' 7
7
4
6
Concentration, in mg/m^
Hininal
porcapt ib la
10,2
8.7
8.0
7.3
7.1
WBI 1 f'B t OOO —
p«rc«pt ibl*
9.4
' 8.0
7,3
7,0
6,3
        Methanol effect on eye sensitivity to
light was checked next by the method of
adaptation to darkness.  Forty-two tests were
made with persons aged 18-27 years and
methanol concentrations of 6.12,  6.97,  and
8. 29 mg/m3 ,  The lowest concentration was
inactive in all four test persons; two respond-
ed to the middle concentration, and all re-
acted to the highest concentration (Table 2).
                                                          Table 2
                 THRESHOLD OF REFLEX CHANGES IN EYE SENSITIVITY TO LIGHT
                 EFFECTED faY THE INHALATION OF HYDHOLYTIC ETHYL ALCOHOL
                 VAPOR, ON THE JOTH MINUTE EXPRESSED IN PERCENT OF THE
                           ISTH MINUTE MAGNITUDES
Ti
• 61
p«raonB t
initials
1 . L.
6. t.
Ch.A.
b.V.

Clean
air

158.6 (o)
156,0 (o)
133,5 (o)
118.0 (o)
Coneen trail at in «J/»^

8,29

I94,8~(b)
226, 7 (b)
223,6 (c)
214. 4(b)

6.97

150,0 (o)
155,6 (o)
151,9 (b)
130,7 (b)

6,12


—
134,3 (o)
147,8 (o)
I P. .h
Thresh
old
8,29
8,29
6,9V
6,97
throah
eld
6.97
6.97
6.12
6.12
                Haiti  Reli*biIity d«gr.»i i - 95}, b - 99J, c - 99.9i
           The effect of low ethanol concentrations  on the electrical activity
of the cerebral cortex was studied by the A.  D.  Semenenko method  (1963) of
reflex-elicited  alpha-rhythm rises in man, induced by  simultaneous flashing
of light stimulation at frequency  approximating that of the rhythm and by a
sound of variable intensity.    On the background of such functional  loading
the natural alpha-rhythm became enhanced, and the nature of the  curves re-
corded changed during inhalation of the gaseous  mixture in active concen-
trations pointing to a change in the functional state  of the nervous system
and in the cerebral cortex activity.  Curves were recorded on a 8-lead EEC
manufactured by the Hungarian firm Orion Budapest.  Test persons were
five  of the most sensitive to olfactory stimulation.   Tests were conducted
under identical conditions  at the  same time of the day.  Four of five tests
were made with each of the two test concentrations of 4. 9 and 6.14 mg/ma .
Statistical analysis of the results indicated that in all instances the lower
                                    - 47  -

-------
 ethanol  concentration was inactive and the higher waa  active (Table  3).

           Results  are summarized in Table 4.
                                  Tab IB 3

 EFFECT OF LO* HYDHOLYTIC ETHYL ALCOHOL CONCENTRATIONS
   ON THE ELECTRICAL ACTIVITY OF THE BRAIN CORTEX
Test persona
in i 1 1 at a
1.5,
D. «.
H. K.
L. B.
M. *.
6,1 wrlM'
H en i Bj)(ie >•
teft

4-
+
+
Right
+
+
—
+
4.9 urlM1
Hem aphar*
Left

—
—
—
Ri oht

—
—
—
 N o t o i + BtiliBiicil ly  »tynilic«nt| - »Ut i « : i c* I \y
                  nan-eignif kctnt,
                                 Ttbli
 EFFECT OF L0» HYDHOLYTIC ETHYL ALCOHOL CONCENTRATIONS
         ON RESHIHATOHY RECEPTIVE OHGANi
          On the basis of results ob-
    tained with reflex reactions in man,
    it is proposed that 5 mg/m3  of
    methanol  in atmospheric air be
    adapted as the maximal allowable
    single hydrolytic ethyl alcohol con-
    centration in  atmospheric air.

           In the next  experimental
    series 45 white male rats weighing
    100-120  g  were divided into three
    groups and exposed to 24-hr. , 90-
    day methanol air inhalation,   Rats
    of Group II inhaled  an ethanol-vapor
Functions
Odor perdition
Eye sens « t iv i ty to
1 iflht
£ Iscl rical activi Ly of
brain cortex
Concint rtt ion in ng/i
Thr,8holdT'Subthra*h-
, old
"7,1
6,9
6,1
6.3
6.1
4,9
esterase activity, total amount of protein
Resulting numerical data were processed
~__concentration of 5  mg/m  ; rats of
    Group 1-25 mg/m3 ; and rats of
    Group III were the controls.  Ethanol
    effects were evaluated on the basis
    of general  behavior, gain or loss of
    body weight, motor chronaxy change,
    rate of coproporphrin  elimination
    via  the urine, whole blood  cholin-
    ,  and the protein fractions picture.
    statistically.
           The experimental ethanol-air mixture was fed into the chambers at
a rate of (original sentence not complete), which V. A. Popov (1964) found to
create the most favorable conditions for the  animals.   Actual ethanol concen-
trations were 29.25±2.1 mg/mj  for Group I and 5.59±0.45 for  Group II.
During the inhalation period all animals were healthy,  active,  and gained body
•weight.    However,  rats  of Group I manifested a negligible loss in body
 w e i g ht.

           Muscle antagonist chronaxy was determined at the same hour of day
 and under identical conditions every 10 days in 5 rats  of each group,  employ-
 ing  an IES-01 pulse stimulator.  Results  are recorded in Table  5, Fig. 1.  The
 data show that discoordination of the normal chronaxy ratio of flexor and ex-
 teneor muscles in rats of Group I appeared  during the 6th week of inhalation
 but  the  ratio returned to normal during the recovery period.  Rats of Group  II
 exhibited no statistically reliable changes as compared with the controls.
                                     - 48 -

-------
                                                              tiblt 5
                 MUSCLE ANTAGONISTS CHRONAXY RATIO IN RATS INHALING HYDRClLYHC
                                   ETHYL ALCOHOL VAPOR


ft 1
rer i 008

Before a«(josore


During o«poBur«



*




Durinj r»cov«ry
t>«riod


Dales of
atudy

23/1 V
3/V
13/V
22/V
31/V
9/VI
19/VI
29/VI
9/VI I
18/VII
29/V1I
11/V1II
23/VIII
1/1X
Group B
I
II Contra) Go. Ill

E«ten»4r and ftemor ohrortaxy
ret IOB
,62 (o)
.29 (o)
,30 (o)
,55 (o)
.26 (o)
,37 (o)
0,82 (c)
0,93 (c)
0.91 (b)
1.1 (o)
0.91 (a)
0,79 (o)
1 .08 (o)
1.23 (o)
1.53 (o)
.33 (o)
,43 (o)
,50 (o)
,58 o)
,53 (o)
.42 (o)
.49 (o)
,35 (o)
,42 Jo)
.26 (o)
.56 (o)
.15 (o)
.09 (o)
,65
,45
.58
,54
.48
,53
.41
,54
,57
,44
.44
,39
1,22
1.23
                 Not
                          Statistical r« I lability i  a - 93* j b - 99.9ij c - not
                                                         \
                     Z3/IV 3/V   13  22  31
                                 Exparia.  inhalation period
                                           i   i    i	i_
                      9/Vi  19  23  9IVII  IS  29
                      Dates of aludy
                                                               ^J  I/it
                 Fid'. I -
             anlagoniats ehronaiy  ratio chanB«» «ff«cted by
          inhalation of hydrolytic  athyl alcohol vapor.
A - B - Inhalation p.nod; I  - Clean  air, 2 - 29.25 -a/a^l 3 -
            Whole blood cholinesterase  activity was  tested in 5 rats of each
group by the A. A.  Pokrovskiy (1953) method and A. P.  Martynova (1957)
method.   Blood was taken from  the caudal vein once every 15 days.  The.
average hydrolysis time was 37-39 min.  (Table 6,  Fig.  2).  At the end of
the 6th week rats of Group 1 exhibited  a drop  in whole blood choline ate rase
activity,  acetycholine time  rose to 4Z  min.   However,  at the end of the 9th

-------
week of inhalation it normalized,  only to rise again during the 10th and llth
weeks.  This increase was evidently related to the protective or  defense
function of the animals'  organism.  After 20 days of recovery hydrolysis
rate returned to  normal.  The rats of Group II evidenced no changes as
compared with the control group.
                                                        Tail* 6
                   UlANGti IN RATi' IHOLINtiTEfiAbE ACTIVITY DURING HtDrtOLV-
                   TIC tlHfL  ALCOHOL VAfOH INHALATION IN MINUTE* of AlETYL-
                                 ChOLIN HtUHOUoJi,
- .
Pen oda

-
DaLea
-
Before I
eupoBura 1
1
n
h.
^
I
»
t
I
o
n
Recovery
- ^28/IV
- 13/V
24/V
• 7/VI
21/VI
5/V1I
L9/VII
2/VI1I
12/VII!
1/IX
GroupC
,
(29,2 m-iM1)

37,6 (o)
37.8 (o)
39,8 (o)
39,0 (o)
42.0 (c)
42. 2 (b)
39.8 (o)
•41,8 (B)
42,2 (a)
3S.7 (o)
M
C>.09 vrliO

37.0 (o)
38,8 (o)
34,4 (o)
39,2 (o)
38,6 (o)
38,8 (o)
37.4 (o)
37,8 (o)
37,8 (o)
38,0 (o)
Control
1 II

39,2
39,2
38,0
38,0
3fl 2
' 3S.8
38.8
38,0
37,6
37,4
1
                 Note '  R«l i«bi I i !/• deyroei »  -
                                                             
-------
            Rate of coproporphrin elimination was checked fortnightly and re-
 corded on the basis of 100  g of body weight.  In rate of Group I the excretion
 rate dropped  sharply during  the 6th week and remained at this level through
 experimental inhalation period (Fig. 3).   At the end of the recovery period
 the level  returned to normal.  Animals of Group II manifested no statisti-
 cally reliable changes.
                    27/IV
                         ,          itudy d«t«i
                  fig. 3. Chtnyti in r«t« of aoproporphvnn •lioinition vjj tht
                        urm* of rits inhaling  hydrol/tic «tK«nal vtporT
                            Notations »••• »• in Fig. I.
          Paper electrophoresis was employed in studying the effects of low
ethanol vapor concentrations  on total protein and its fractional composition.
The blood was taken from the caudal vein on an empty stomach every 15 days.
At the end of the second month  of inhalation the albumins in rats of Group I
fell and the gamma-globulin fraction increased.   This increase waB statisti-
cally reliable and persisted to the end of the experiment.  The albumin/globu-
lin coefficient did not return to normal during the recovery period (Table 7,
Fig  4)   No changes were observed in rats of Group II.  None of the experi-
mental animals showed any change in the  total protein.

          In summary it can  be stated that continuous 90-day inhalation had a
marked effect on animals of Group I (29. 1±2  1) and none on those of Group  II
(5 59±0.045 mg/m3).  On this  basis it is recommended that the  allowable
maximum single-exposure concentration of methanol in atmospheric air be
set at  5 mg/m3  ; the same limit should be adapted for the average daily con-
centration of hydrolytic  ethyl alcohol.

          A study was made of the distribution of methanol (hydrolytic ethyl
alcohol) air pollution in  the vicinity; 186 samples of air at 100, 200,  and 300 m
from three  hydrolysis plants  in Uzbekistan,  always on the leeward  side of  the
emission source, were collected. The samples were aspirated through two

                                    -  51   -

-------
activated-coal absorbers.   Air  samples  varied from 10-40 litera, aspirating
the  air at the rate  ol  1 li/min. ,  at air temperature of 20 to 35° C,  relative
humidity from 25  to 70 percent,  barometric preeeure from 730 to 750 mm
J-Jg,  wmd velocity from 1 to 5 m/eec.  Tibs T.*allLer was and a
( f
                  100 •
                2  90
                o
                o

                C

                C
                   so •
                   I.Q
13/Y
10/YI   13/VI
     Study ditaa
                                                                  i/II
                Fig. l<.  Chtngn in blood  ••run protein frictions of rtti  Inhtl.
                                Ing hydroljrtio «th«nol vtpor
                                Notillona  una ta In Fig. I.
                                                            T«bl* 7

                     CHANGES IN BLOOD  SERUM TOTAL PROTEIN AM) fHOTEIN FhAC-
                     TIONi OF HATb UUrilNI, INHALI N& HYDROLYTIC ETHANOL VAHOH

- -
Period


Prior to
elhtnol
i nht 1 • 1 1 on

On 50lh m-



On yoth in-
halation day



urmj recovery
eriod

.
*


Groups


•I
II
III
trol
I
II
III
Con-
trol
I '
II
III .
Con-
trol
I
II
III
Con-
trol '

c
•^ 9

"a ~Z
•- i.
a

9,09
9.05
8,91

8,89
9,04
9,88


9,40
8,63
8,73


9,38
8,67
8,79



C
a
1

42,3
42,6
45,1

32,3
42,6
43,7


36,3
45,4
42,9


37.9
44,8
44,2


G lobul in*


All*.

23,8
22,9
22,9

24,6
21,6
20,8


23,4
21,1
21,8


24,0
21,1
19,8


	
beta

19,5
20,4
19.4

26,0
21,4
20,9


23,5
21, 1
21,1


22,6
21,8
23,4



(>•••»

14.4
14.1
12,6

17,1
14,4
14,6


16,8
12,4
14,2

'
15,5
12,3
12,6


e
0
-— c -
C - (J
r ~ *
? a -
a o e
< o> u
0.73
0,74
0,83

0,48
0,74
0,77


0,54
0,84
0.76


0,6.0
0,83
0.80


                                        - 52  -

-------
                  ATMOSPHERIC AIR POLLUTION WITH HTBROLtllC ETriANOL VAPfH
                       IN THE ENVIRONS OP THE UZBEKISTAN PLANTS.
*et«r»
fro*
d i8ch«rg«
point
No. of
• ir
•••pl«i
Single con en e.
•n -g/.3 \
MtaiBil '
UmiMl
Nu>b«r of M»pl»i «ilh
indicated concne.
2 and
higher
1 \a 2
Baloi 1
                  100
                  200
                  300
                  100
                  200
                  300
                  100
                  200
 26'
 17
 27
 25
 16
 27
44
25
                                  F«rg»ngl< plenl
2,79
0,16
0.018
0,55
                                 Andiihanek plant
4,52
1,68
0,37
0.45
10
                                 Yanguiyulak plant
2.2
0,5
10
 2
                                                     10
              II
              17
 5
14
26
                     10
                     25
           Data in Table 8 show that emissions  at 100 m or more from the
three plants under survey contained ethanol concentrations below the  recom-
mended limit for single-exposure (5 mg /m3 ).


                              CONCLUSIONS


           1.  Air  around the investigated Uzbek hydrolytic plants contained
negligible concentrations of hydrolytic ethyl alcohol.


           Z.   The present  study showed that the thresholds of ethanol odor
perception in most sensitive persons was 7.1 mg/m3 ;  eye sensitivity  to lighfe
was 6.97 mg/m3, and of reflex effect on cerebral cortex activity 6.1 mg/m3.
The maximum inactive or subthreshold concentration in most sensitive  per-
sons was 4.9 mg/m3 .


           3.   It is recommended that the maximum  allowable single concen-
tration of hydrolytic  ethyl alcohol in atmospheric air be set at the 5 mg/m
level.


           4.   Chronic,  Z4-hr, 90-day inhalation by  experimental rats of air
containing ethanol vapor in Z9.25 mg/m3 concentration affected the flexor
extensor  muscle chronaxy  ratio, the cholinesterase activity, the rate of
coproporphyrin  elimination via the urine, and the ratios of blood-serum pro-
tein fractions.   A 5. 59 mg /m3 ethanol concentration had no effect on  the
organism.
                                       53 -

-------
          5.  Results of chronic experiments with rate indicated that the max-
imal allowable average 24-hr.  ethanol vapor concentration in atmospheric
air can be set at 5 mg /m3 .
           BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS AND HYGIENIC EVALUATION
                    OF AIR BY PHTHALIC ANHYDRIDE

                            L. P. Slavgorodskiy

                   From the Ukrainian Scientific-Research
                       Institute of Communal Hygiene
          Phthalic anhydride  (PhA) is a benzene ortho-dicarboxylic acid
anhydride.  Its  boiling and melting points are 284.5  and 128-131° C respec-
tively; its odor  resembles  that of bitter  almonds.  It sublimates easily and
dis solves in water (0.6 g in 100 ml at 25° C).  When dissolved in hot water it
converts to phthalic acid.  It is also soluble in  eulfuric acid,  alcohol, ether,
and benzene.  PhA sublimates in the form of flat,  white often rhombic
crystals.  PhA  is used in many branches of industry.  It is widely used in dye
production: phthaleins, rhodamines, indigo,  anthranilic acid, derivatives of
anthraquinone,  and phthalocyanines. Orthophothalic acid esters  are used as
plasticizers in producing glyptal, polyester, and epoxy resins.  It is aleo
used in the  pharmaceutical and tanning industries, and because of its  wide
reactive capacity it is used in chemical  laboratories.

          PhA can be  manufactured in several  ways, the most common in-
dustrial of which is based  on oxidizing naphthaline in the presence of a cata-
lyzer at 350-500°C.   The  manufacture and use of PhA are factors associated
with air pollution. After cleaning in scrubbers, waste gases  from PhA pro-
duction are discharged into the air, part of the PhA  being discharged by the
plants'  ventilators.   No references  were found  in the literature dealing  with
the existence of PhA in the air around industrial enterprises.  Effects of
PhA on the  human and animal organism have been studied previously; and
some authors (Friebel et al.,  1956; L.  A.  Titunov, A. A.  Denisenko, 1957;
Yu. K.  Korotkova, 1957, I960; S. N. Kremneva, M. S. Tolgskaya,  1961)
investigated the  toxicity of PhA when introduced into the gastroenteritic tract.
S. N. Kremneva and M. S. Tolgskaya (1961) administered a 2 percent emul-

                                   - 54 -

-------
 eion of PhA to narcotized  white rats intratr ache ally.  Doses in excess of 30
 mg/kg were lethal, deat.i ensuing in a few hours or  in the course of days.
 Friebel, et al. (1956) investigated inhalation of PhA dust and vapor by guinea
 pigs in concentrations of 644.5 mg/m3,  respectively.  These concentrations
 irritated the conjunctiva and respiratory passages.  An  admixture of
 naphthoquinone and maleic acid enhanced the irritating effect.

           In 1959 Yu. K. Korotkova subjected 10 guinea  pigs to the inhalatioa
 of PhA dust (600 mg/m3) every day for 15 min.  for 30  days.   The concen-
 tration was determined gravimetrically.   The animals coughed and sneezed
 during the inhalation tests; and after the first inhalation  three  of the  animals
 exhibited palpebral edema,  conjunctival hyperemla,  and nasal discharges.
 Body weight loss was observed in a few cases.   Dissection disclosed hyper-
 emla of the mucous membrane of the trachea and of  the bronchi accompanied
 by fusing of the pleural surfaces and moderate plethora of the  internal or-
 gans.  S. N. Kremneva and M. S. Tolgekaya (1961) conducted static injection
 experiments for 6 months,  6 days a week, 3 hrs.  a day, with PhA of 5-12
 mg/m3 .  At the end of  the 6th month arterial pressure had dropped to 70
 percent  of its normal level.  Eosinophilia developed  in the majority of cases
 in the course  of injections.  Results showed that a 1-2  mg/m3  concentration
 was  ineffective.  The  review shows that only high PhA concentrations  were
 studied for brief periods. The  effect of low concentrations for 24 hr, peri-
 ods has not been investigated.  Furthermore, a  maximal allowable limit of
 1 mg/m  of PhA has been set for  industrial premises, none  has been  estab-
 lished for atmospheric air.

          The  wide use of PhA by the industry,  the insufficient study devoted
 to its toxic properties,  and the prevailing local air pollution  sources prompted
 the present author to study the problem of atmospheric air pollution with PhA.
 The purpose of the present paper is  to find an experimental basis  for a maxi-
 mal allowable PhA concentration in atmospheric air.  Here as  in other  air
 pollution studies, the thresholds of odor perceptions  and  of effects on  eye
 sensitivity to light were investigated first.  The  M. D. Manita spectrophoto-
meter was used in the study.
                  THRESHOLD OF FHTHALIC ANHYDRlDt ODOR PERCENT kOH
- - - .
Ho. of
testers
6
4
17
	
No. of odor
tests
~
100
66
_ i
Minimi percep-
tible COO C/l S.
in mg/m
0.32
. 0.53 .
0.72
Mined nonper—
captible concn.
in ag/»-3
0.22
0.32
0.53
                                   -  55  -

-------
          The odor perception thret hold was determined on the basis  of 374
observations and 27 healthy test volunteers.  Results are listed in Table 1,
and show that the highest nonactive PhA concentration range was 0.32-0.72
mg /m3.

          Recent studies aimed at determining maximal single exposure con-
centration of PhA,  established, by tests  of eye sensitivity to light,  0.22
mg/m3  as the maximal allowable  concentration.  Effect on PhA on eye sensi-
tivity to light was investigated in  cooperation with three test persons using
adaptometer ADM making determinations at 5 min. intervals.  Results are
listed in Table 2.  The 0. 96 mg/m3  concentration elicited statistically re-
liable changes on the 20th minute  of dark adaptation of all test persons.
           RESULTS OF ACAPTQUETRIl STUDIES
                                  - --•  ~        The 0.55 mg/m3 concentra-
                                 Tlbu ^ .  tions caused statistically reliable
In i uel 5
of
toBtars

EA.
•
P.

F.
MS/"3 of phth.l 10
•nhydrids
C 1 can 1 1 r
0,50—0,55
0,96—1,09
1,49—1 ,79
C lean a i r
0,50—0,55
0,96—1,09
1,64—1,79
Clean «ir
0,50—0,55
0,96—1 ,09
1,64—1,79
fy« ••nsitivity
to light on 20th
idtptition am.
23 533
21 066 (o)
30 700 (b)
v 45 899 (c)
41 330 .
39 933 (o)
59 433 (b)
77 100 (c)
21 067
2"! 333 (o)
35 367 (a)
41 633 (b)
  N o t a i   R«li«b.lliy digreei I - 95); b -
           c - 99.yt; o - Not r*Ii»ble
changes on the 20th minute of adapta-
tion to the dark.   The 0. 55 mg/m3
concentration was inactive.   In two
of the three test  persons 0. 72 mg/m3
of PhA was the threshold of odor
perception.  No  such test was made
with the third person.

       On the basis of effects which
PhA yielded in the trigeminal tests,
it is recommended that 0.2 mg/m3
PhA .concentration in atmospheric
air be set as its  allowable maximal
single concentration.

       The allowable maximal aver-
age daily concentration was determin-
ed by  using 60 white male rats en-
closed in 100-liter chambers into
which prefiltered air was run in at
the rate  of 20-23 li/min.  Rats were
exposed to 24 hour daily inhalations for 70 days.  Rats were divided into four
groups which inhaled air containing the following PhA concentrations in mg/m
rats of Group I--1. 52; (misprint for 1. 32--B . S . L .); rats of Group II--0. 54;
of Group III--0.18; rats of Group IV served as controls.  It should be noted
that the Group I concentration is close to the allowable level in industrial
premises; 0.18 is  below the  odor perception threshold and close to the recom-
mended single-exposure concentration; 0.54 is a concentration often en-
countered in the air at 500 m from PhA plants located in the proximity of in-
habited  areas.
                                    -  56  -

-------
           During the chronic experiment records were kept of the rats' con-
dition,  their body weight, muscle antagonisfs, motor chronaxy,  cholinester-
aee activity,  and the morphological composition of the blood.  The behavior
and activity of the rats in the first three groups  did not differ  from that of
the controls.   The rats in all groups  gained weight.

           It has been shown by many authors that changes in motor chro-
naxy ratios reflected changes in the functional state of the central nervous
syatem (Yu. N.  Uflyand,  1941; A. N.  Magnitskiy, 1948; A. F.  Makarchenko,
1956).   This index has become first in the order of studies conducted in
determining limits of  allowable maximal  air pollutant concentrations in at-
mospheric air.  It was used for the purpose in the present studies.  This
index was  also used  in experiments with animals,  in 5 rats of  each group
by a technique and procedure described in some of the preceding reports.
Deviations from the  normal (control)  muscle antagonist chronaxy ratios in
rats of Group I were noted on the 31st day of the experiment; two weeks
later chronaxy ratios returned to normal.  Rats of Group I manifested  less
pronounced changes, and those of Group III showed no chronaxy  ratio
changes (Fig. lh,.
                 20 31  m _SO . SI  73
                   Tiae  in ii»y»
Fio. I.  Phthilic inhydrid* «ffeci on "uscU
nofor chronaxy of Group I r»ls (a), Groufj II (b), Gr
111 (c), ond Grnuj) IV rete (d).  Solid lin» curves -
   oBtonaora, brohon line curvao -
         AB - Inhalation pond

                 -  57  .-
                                                       Group

-------
          Previous studies have indicated that cholinesterase activity changed
in some pathological conditions of the organism, giving rise to an index util-
ized in arriving  at hygienic norms.  G. I.  Solomin (1961), V. A.  Chizhikov
(1963),  F. I. Filatova (1962),  and D. G. Odoshashvili (1962) demonstrated
that blood cholinesterase activity was affected by chemical substances.

          The present author studied cholineeterase activity of whole blood
by the chemical  method of A. A.  Pokrovskiy (1953) as modified by A.  P.
Marynova (1956).  Cholinesterase  activity was evaluated on the basis of
change in acetylcholine hydrolysis time.  Rats of each group were examined
once every  2 weeks.  On the 42nd  day of administration, rats  of Group I
experienced inhibition of cholinesterase activity, acetylcholine hydrolysis
time   rising to  49 min.  (from 41). Statistically reliable changes were noted
in rats of Group U, but they were less  pronounced.  Hydrolysis time in rats
of Group III did not vary from that of the controls (Fig.  2).
       Evidence presented in the
literature that PhA affected the
hematopoetic system (K. Ye.
Bakaleynik,  I960; S. N. Kremneva
and M. S.  Tolgskaya, 1961;  V. S.
Anatovskaya, 1961).  This fact
served as the basis for  analyzing
the morphological  composition of
the blood.  Determinations were
made of the  amount of hemoglobin,
erythrocytes , thrombocytes ,  and
leucocytes.  Changes in the throm-
bocyte count in rats of Groups I and
II  appeared on the  70th day.  No
substantial changes were found in
c 70
Q
c «
I so

J. 55
? SO
L */"
"C
5* ts
o 40
O -,
£1
cr


/




•





r ' t
i ^
/-"
X
^,-^i 	 J»: 	 •?
Sr-vC^^^-*^ 	 ' ^


1 1 1 i
\



\
\
L *

~"*


1
    Background
                      Naa study
  IB
     Phth*lic anhydride efl«ct on blood eholm«»-
             t«n*a activity
- Group I; 2 - Group I 1; 3 - Group 111) 4 - Group
     IV  (Control).  AB - tnhalition pvnod
leucocyte count.  Hemoglobin and erythrocytes fluctuated within normal
limits.   Thus, the results indicated that the chronic experiments brought
into evidence of  changes in the motor -chronaxy ratios of the muscle antagon-
ists,  cholinesterase activity, and thrombocyte counts in rats of Group I (1.32
mg/m3).  Less pronounced changes appeared later  , in the study in rats  of
Group II.  During the 2 -week recovery period these functions returned to
their normal levels.  No deviations were noted in rats of Group III. Data of
the chronic experiments were processed statistically and confirmed the con-
clusions.  On the basis of  results obtained in this study it is recommended
that 0.2 mg/m3  should be  adapted as the maximal allowable PhA in atmos-
pheric air.   A survey was made of air pollution with PhA plants producing
it using the I. B. Kogan (1961) polarographic method and aspirations con-
taining  96°  ethylol.
                                     -  58  -

-------
          The possibility of PhA vapors and aerosol escaping into the plant
surrounding atmosphere was checked.  The plant produced 10,000 tons of PhA
per annum.  Table 3 presents data on the level of pollution by PhA vapors and
aerosols.  Results showed that only at 1000 m from the plant did the sample
concentrations fall below the 0.2 mg/m3 allowable concentration.
                                                    Table J

                  PHfHALIC ANHYDRIDE >-OLLUTIOW OF ATMOSPHERIC AlH IN THE
                       REGION OF THE CHEMICAL COMBINE
1
Metirs froil Ho. of co | .
• ourc. of |(|cl.d air
d i6chargo
250
500
1000
1 500
saaplao
17
37
32
10
Saaples mi In
pollution »- Utiisal
bo«e level concn.m
of odor per— Bg/»3
cept ion
9
22
17
- 3
0,134
0,652
0,1510
0,055

/3
con en .
0.031
0,064
0,08-4
0.017
          For PhA producing plants the sanitary break zone should be not
lees than 1000  m.  The zone proposed by construction planners (500 m) is of
insufficient width for plants with a production capacity of over 10, 000 T/year.

                             CONCLUSIONS

          1.  The threshold of phthalic anhydride odor perception is 0.32
mg/m3 for  most sensitive  persons; 0.22 mg/m3 is the  eubthreshold con-
centration.

          2.  Analysis of the  dark-adaptation curve for  short-time inhalation
of PhA indicated that its  activity threshold is 0. 92 mg/m3, while 0. 55 is a
subthreshold concentration.

          3.  0.2 mg/m3 is recommended as the maximum single-exposure
concentration of PhA.

          4.  Chronic, 24  hr. , 70-day exposure to inhalation  of vapors  and
aerosols of a PhA in concentrations of 1.32 and 0.54 mg/m3 elicited statis-
tically reliable changes in  the flexor and extensor chronaxy ratio in whole
blood  cholinesterase activity  and in the thrombocyte count.  A 0.2 mg/m3
PhA concentration proved  inactive and is  recommended  as the average daily
maximal concentration.

          5.  For reasons discussed in a preceding paragraph of this  paper,
provision should be made for 1000 m sanitary break zones  around plants built
for the production of 10, OOOT of PhA per annum.

                                     -  59  -

-------
COMPARATIVE TOXICITY STUDIES OF BENZENE, TOLUOL, AND XYLOL
                   BY THE REFLEX ACTIVITY METHOD

                               I. S. Gusev

       From the L.  N. Sysin Institute of General and Communal Hygiene
                  of the USSR Academy of Medical Sciences
          Aromatic hydrocarbons  benzene, toluol, and xylol have been
studied by toxicologists and hygieniste for many years past.  Despite the
facts that these substances have been and still are extensively used indus-
trially and that they all possessed broad toxic  spectra, the information found
in the literature  regarding their comparative toxicity,  no allowable limits
have been established for their concentration in the living environment.

          Pure benzenej toluol,  and xylol are colorless  liquids having specif-
ic aromatic odors, and all are poorly soluble in water.  The boiling point of
benzene is 80.1°, of toluol--110. 8° , and of xylol--140. 5°  .  Benzene is three
times,  toluol 4.2 times,  and xylol  1.35 as volatile as  ether.  All are good
solvents of fats,  resins,  raw rubber, essential oils, and dyes and other
organic compounds.  These compounds are widely used as solvents indiffer-
ent industries.  Benzene is also w:dely used in organic synthesis of phenol,
nitrobenzene,  chlorobenzene,  maleic anhydride,  and other compounds.  Toluol
is a raw material used by the  explosives industry.  Xylol is used in the pro-
duction of xylidine and of phthalic acid.

          Benzene, toluol,  and xylol have a narcotic effect primarily on the
nervous system.  Thus,  G. E. Rozentsvit (1954) showed  that functional disrup-
tions of the CNS  led to morphological changes  in the blood.  Some investiga-
tors believe  that changes in other organs were the causes of nervous and en-
docrine systems poisoning. Changes in reflex  activity in animals at various
concentrations of benzene have been reported by R. I.  Yaroslavskaya and I.
M. Rozovskiy (1952),  Yu. V. Novikov (1957), A. I.  Korbakova,  S. I.
Kremneva,  N. K. Kulagina and I. P. Ulanova (I960).   A. A.  Golubev (1959)
injected mice with xylol  in 550 mg/m3 concentration and observed delays in
conditioned reflex reactions and delayed differentiation response.  Ye.  N.
Lyublina (1950) exposed rabbits for 40 min.  to benzene,  toluol,  and xylol to
test their effect  on the CNS.  The concentrations  were for benzene and
toluol 300, 400,  1000 mg/m3,  and for xylol 100, 200,  400 mg/m3.  Concen-
trations which broke down unconditioned reflexes in rabbits were:  benzene
1500,  toluol 1000, and xylol 750 mg/m3 .  (A. S. Faustov, 1961).  The author
showed that xylol, unlike benzene and toluol, acted as  a  CNS depressant.

                                   -  60  -

-------
          Comparative evaluation of the toxicity of benzene, toluol, and xylol
have been conducted by different authors based on their effects on blood and
the hematopoeitic organs.  From this point of view (M. G. Mgebrov, N. D,
Rozenbaum, Lind and others)  benzene was the more toxic.  Others believed
that chronic toluol and benzene poisoning depressed the CNS activity equally.
R.  G.  Leytes, B. I. Martsinkovskiy and L.  K. Khotsyanov are of the  opin-
ion that toluol and xylol acted analogously to benzene, but produced signifi-
cantly fewer changes in the blood (O. N. Olimpiyeva, V. M. Retnev, A. P.
Rusinova, 1958).  Studies and  comparative evaluation of effects of the a e com-
pounds in minimal effective concentrations are of basic interest toxicological-
ly and from the standpoint of sanitary production of atmospheric  air.

          Scanty information was found in the literature on air pollution by
benzene,  toluol,  and xylol.  Major  production and  processing industries are
not the only air pollution sources.  Discharges from small industries  also
played an important contributing part.    Having specific odors,  the com-
pounds under study  affected nasal and upper  respiratory receptors  and eli-
cited  series of reflex reactions  in which higher nervous centers and the
cerebral  cortex played a part.   Odors  and reflexes elicited by them are not
without sequential effects. AB cortical reflexes they have the capacity to
form temporary interconnections with a variety of processes  (S.  V. Anichkov,,
1952).

          Recent  studies have shown that threshold concentrations  of chemi-
cals could induce  reflex reactions such as change in vascular tonus, rhythms
and depth of pulmonary response,  optimal chronaxy, skin-galvanic response
and eye  sensitivity to light (K.  A.  Bushtuyeva, I960; M. K.  Borisova, I960;
M.  T. Takhirov, I960,  and others), with or  without accompanying  recordable
cortical responses.  Because  of this it is possible to study the threshold of
odor perception of these compounds, which have not been studied before. Such
studies were made by different methods.  Thus, N. V. Lazarev (1963) deter-
mined odor  perceptions thresholds  for benzene at 5 mg/m3 ,  for toluol at 2
mg/m3 , and for xylol at 0. 8 mg/m3 .  According  to Yu. V. Novikov (1956) the
odor perception threshold for  benzene is 3 mg/m3 .  Chen1 Yun'-tay set the
odor perception threshold of orthoxylene at 0.73 mg/m3 (1963).

          The present author  determined odor perception thresholds by the
method proposed by the Committee on Sanitary Protection  of Atmospheric Air
(V. A.  Ryazanov,  K. A. Bushtuyeva, Yu.  V. Novikov, 1957). Benzene, tol-
uol, and xylol concentrations -were  determined by the method  of M. V.  Alek-
seyeva (1964).  The  method is  based on the nitration of the compounds follow-
ed by  the extraction of the nitrogen compounds with butanol.  Upon the addi-
tion of alkali to the extract a color  appeared (for benzene--violet; toluol--
orange; metaxylol-green-blue).   The colored solutions were read colori-
metrically.   Determinations were made with a FEKN-57 photoelectric colori-
meter,  and  results compared with calibrated standards.   The sensitivity of

                                   -  61 -

-------
the method is 0.5 microgramB for benzene, 1 microgram for toluol, and 2
micrograms for xylol with 2 ml samples.
 DtTtHMINAl lUNt, OF
       T.t.1. I

btNildt IHHtiHOLL) OUUH

nJ U f

tions
8
3
2
5
j
•J-J/B ot ooniane

H in iowl
percept ib IB

3,4
3,2
2.8
Mammtl non-
percept i b 1 e

3,2
3,0
2,5
       The odor perception threshold was
determined with the cooperation of 18 test
persons.  In all 7 concentrations and 518
observations were studied.  ( Results are
listed in Table 1).
                                        The first benzene concentration
                                 studied was 4 mg/m3 ;  8  of the 18  test
                                 persons found this concentration inactive;
the minimal perceptible concentration for 5 test persons  was 2. 8 mg/m3 ,
and the maximal nonperceptible concentration was 2.5 mg/m3.  Thus,  re-
sults  of the experiments  confirmed those obtained by Yu. V.  Novikov in 1956
(3 mg/m3).

          Studies of odor perception thresholds  for toluol •were made on 30
teat persons, making a total of 744 tests and using 7  concentrations.  Re-
sults  are shown in Table 2.
                       Table 2
   DETLHUINATIGNt, OF TOLUUL VArtJR  IHHt^M-
        HOLU OL/OH k'E.RCEHTION
       Five of the 30 test persons failed to
detect the odor of toluol in concentration of
3. 2 mg /m3 ; for 6 persons 1. 5 mg/m3  was
the minimum perceptible concentration for
most sensitive persons.  The maximal non-
perceptible concentration for these persons
was 1.27 mg/m3.   The  odor perception
threshold of 1.5 mg/m3 for  toluol agreed
with the data  of N. V.  Lazarev (2 mg/m3).
                                        Tests for determination of meta-
                                lxylol odor perception threshold were made
on 18 test persons using  6 concentrations with 431 observations in all.  Re-
sults are shown in Table 3.  Data in Table 3 show that the minimal percepti-
ble concentration for the four most sensitive persons was 0.6 mg/m3, and
the maximal subthreshold concentration was 0.41 mg/m3 .  Accordingly the
odor perception threshold of metaxylol (0. 6 mg/m3) is almost identical with
the concentration recorded by Chen1 Yun1-tay (0.73 mg/m3).  Accordingly,
the drop in the  odor  perception threshold concentration from benzene to xylol
was already demonstrated inactive, that an increase in the number of methyl
groups  enhanced the odor intensity in this chemical series.

No. of de-
tsrninat i ont
5
6
4
3
3
3
6
"9/»J of toluol "~
M - - --
ceptible perceptible
>3,2
3,2
2,8
2.3
2,0
1.8
1,5

2,8
2,3
2,0
1,8
1,5
1.27
                                   -  62  -

-------
                      Ubls 3
  DETERMINATION OF XTLOL VAPQH THRESHOLD
      ODOH PERCEPTION IN MGIH

No. of
loots
2
3
5
' 4
4
Mg/|3 of rj lol
M i n i •• 1
parcvpt ib !•
1.9
1,4
1.0
0,85
0,6
Maxiiul nen-
p«rc«pt ib 1 a
1.4
1.0
0,85
0.6
0,41
       The next study aimed at determin-
ing the effects of their minimal concentra-
tions  affecting electrical activity of the
cerebral cortex.   Corticopotential rhythms
reflected active processes in different sec-
tions  of the cerebral hemispheres and other
adive phenomena in the CNS.
                                       K.  A. Bushtuyeva,  Ye. F. Polez-
                                hayev, and A.  D. Semenko (I960) first used
the functional electroencephalographic method in their study of responses to
reflexes evoked by minimal concentrations  of chemicals. Their results
showed that eubthreshold odor perception concentrations alone elicited no
visible  effects,  but altered electrical activity of the cerebral cortex.    Re-
cently,  modifications of this method have been used in the study  of effects
of minimal concentrations of chemicals on  the functional activity of the CNS.
The present author determined the effect of different odor perception concen-
trations of benzene,  toluol,  and xylol by the method of quantitative analysis
of alpha-rhythm reflex responses (A. D.  Semenko, 1963) which it was thougM
best reflected the course of the  cerebral cortex processes.   The method ia
based on the entrancement of biopotentials  induced by disturbances in the
cortical electrical rhythms  (trigger stimulation); it was  proposed by Walter
and Shipton (1949).  N. P. Bekhtereva and V. V. Uaov (I960)  showed that
trigger stimulation strengthened alpha-rhythms and was highly effective at
high functional loads.  In the present studies  stimulation was induced by light
pulsations of regulated intensity applied at  five-second intervals.  The effect
of low concentrations of the substances on the elctrical brain activity had
been recorded after the pattern  of alpha-rhythms in the test persons was es-
tablished.  Experiments were conducted in a special dimly  lit chamber.   The
test person was seated in a semirecumbent position in a comfortable chair.
In front of him was a cylinder filled with fresh air  which was released at the
rate of 30 li/min. ; at the proper moment the tested gas was mixed with the
fresh air at desired  concentrations; appropriate regulating  and controling in-
strumentation was used in such  experiments.

          Ten observation tests were made with each tested pollutant concen-
tration intermittently, five with the gas vapor and air and 5 with clean air.
Each teat consisted of 18 one-minute cycles consisting of 10 sec. of accoustical
stimulations,  7 seconds free from stimulation,  18 sec.  of stimulation with
light and 25 sec.  of active warm-up prior to  recording  simple rhythmic  stero-
types and maintenance of  general tonicity.  Eighteen minutes of  the experiment
consisted of 3 minutes of training, 3 minutes to set up the experiment,  and the
remaining time for the experiment proper.  Gaseous mixture was fed for 6
minutes, 6 minutes were  given  to recovery.  The vapor-air mixture  was re-
leased  before initiating sound stimulation and ended with stimulation with
                                   -  63 -

-------
           Analysis of the biocurrent records was carried out by integrating
the energy of amplified rhythms.  Results were processed statistically to
determine reliability index changes.  Five observations were made to de-
termine concentration  of subthreshold odor perception of benzene and its
effect on the elctrical cerebro-cortical activity in most sensitive persons.
Bipolar biocurrents were recorded  on a 16-lead EGG manufactured by the
Galileo company,  from the temporal, parietal, and frontal regions individual-
ly and in combinations.  Benzene concentration of 2  mg/m  produced en-
hanced electrical potentials from the  left  occipital-temporal part of the  cere-
bral cortex.  Dynamics of the indicated changes  are shown in Table 4.
              RELIABILITY OF ELECTRQPOTENTIAL BRAIN CHANGS EFFECTED BY THE IN-
                  HALATION OF AIR CONTAINING 2 ng/B3 ,0f BENZENE VAPOR
1 n 1 t I a 1 a
of
Tester*
A. S.
K. S.
a, i.
N. V.
S. L.
Air-gn »i»tur»
Hinutei
1-2
0
O
O
o
O
3—4
b
a
a
c
b
B— 8
C
C
b
0
c
Recovery period
Minute*
1—2
a
o
o
b
c
3-4
a
o
c
b
.c
B-6
O
0
o
0
o
               N o I • i - R.I labilityi  a - 931j b - 99%t o - 99.9$| 0 - Not
                 .                 re 11 ib le
           Data in Table 4 indicate that statistically reliable data were  re-
corded during the 3rd-4th minute after inhalation of the gas  mixture was
initiated, increased by the 5-6th minute and disappeared  by the 5-6th minute
of the recovery period.  Statistical treatment of data recorded from other
parts of the brain showed no statistically reliable changes.  Below the  1. 5
mg/m3 concentration,  benzene produced no statistically reliable changes in
electrical brain activity.  Changes  in bioelectrical potentials in test person
N  at different benzene concentrations are shown in Figure 1.
                                                   Studies of reflex response
                                           to subthreshold odor-perception
                                           toluol  concentrations were  made
                                           with the cooperation of 4 test per-
                                           sons highly sensitive to this com-
                                           pound.   The biocurrents were re-
                                           corded from the frontal-central
                                           and temporal-occipital regions.
                                           Toluol concentrations of 1 mg/m
                                           produced in all the subjects statis-
                                           tically reliable rise in the biocur-
                                           rents included in the left temper al-
                                           occipital brain regions.  The re-
                                           liability of such increases rose to-
                     8  9  10 11 12  13 Ik IS
Fie. I.  Changes in brain e lee trppotent i> I a of test
psreon affected by inhalation of different  benzene
              concentrations            ^
I - Clean air; 2 - i»9/-3 °f b«n«ne, 3-1.5 "B/»
                                     - 64  -

-------
ward the 5-6th minutes  after the  start of gas-air inhalation and persisted
to the end of the recovery period (Table 5).
                           RELIAfalLITY OF BRAIN ELECTKOPQTtHT ML CHA.VUES E
                      BY («£ JttHAMTIOM OF AIR CONTAINING I  W/t»? OF TOLUOL
Ini tuls
of
ob oervad
V.6.
M.V.
P.N.

S=L.
Recovery period
HinuUt ;
1-2
b
b
0
a

3-4
o
0
c
a

5-G
O
c
b
a

Recovery P«Ho4 i
MTnut.B
1-2
c
b
c
a

3—4
a
c
b
a

5-G
o
c
a
c

                Not*
                        0»gr«« of •tttiatiei ra I nb Hn ty i  I - 9S|| b
                               o - 9y.9>j o - not r.llacle
           No statistically reliable response was observed at 1.0 and 0.6
mg/mj concentrations  of toluol.

           Data on changes of cortical electropotentials in test person N at
different toluol concentrations are presented graphically in Fig. 2.
                           10 n a  13 it  is
 Fig. 2.  brain e I ect ropo ten 11 » I  ch«ny«» in FeMi* H
 eficctod  by the inhalation of air cpnt»inir>y dif-
      ferent toluol v»(.or  concentrations
 I  - CI.Bfl &,r, 2 - I  oH/B3 of toluolj 3 - 0.6 «9/»
                 toluol vipor
         Four test persons  coopera-
 ted in studies conducted for re-
 flex effects  manifested by different
 xylol concentrations.  Biocurrents
 •were recorded from the temporal-
 occipital regions.  Xylol concen-
 trations of 0.32 mg /m3  elicited
 statistically reliable drops in the
 electropotentiale in both temporal-
 occipital hemispheres in all test
 persons, the left hemisphere  show-
 ing the most pronounced effect.  De-
~gree of reliability  appeared at the
 5-6th minute after initiation of gas-
 air inhalation and lasted to the end
 of  the  recovery period (Table 6).
                                                     4
             STATISTICAL RELIABILITY OF BRAlH ELECTROPOTEMTIU. CHAKtES EFFECTED
                 BY THE INHALATION OF AIR CONIAInldt, O.ii BG/M3 OF  XYLOL
Ini 1 1 a 1 B
of
test
persona -
A.K.
N.V.
P.It.
S.L.
bit air BiJiiure
•VtrKjt*«

1—2
O
O
B
b
3—1
a
b
0
a
5-6
O
c
b
a
neco*«*-y vmr • wu
U+ouV»a

1-2.
b
tjr
C
b
3-4
a
c
b
b
1 	 -_
5—6
O
C
c
b
no QJI
                       Statistical re I iabi I i ty i  \ -
                               o - Not rol )«b lo
                                      -  65  -
                                                  b  -
                                                         c - 99.9J

-------
X
105
100
SS
90
vx
-

Xylol- 	
.. 	 air in- — «.
-•^C", 	 ,-'
N
i i i i i
^/-xx-x
V
.1111 __!__
, j 3 i. 5 5 7 8 9 10 I' 12 '3 '<• '5
Minute*
                  Fig. 3. Brain aleetropotinlitl th«na«» durirtd iHptl.
                  inh.ittion of different iylol  eortc«ntr«lion« by "le
                                  teater H
                   I  - Cletn iirj  2 - 0.32 «9/"3l 3 - 0-21 mg/m


           Results obtained in this  study are listed in Table 7 for purposes
of comparison and evaluation of effects  of benzene, toluol, and xylol micro-
concentrations on the electrical activity of the cerebral cortex.
                                    .  .    	     T»bi«_7
                 STUDIES AND RESULTS OF  ODO& I*ERCEPT (OM THRESHOLDS AJID Oj-
                 REFLEX EFFECTS OF  BENZENE, TOLUOL, AND XTLOL COliCENTflArfONS
                              ON ELECTRICAL BRAIN ACTIVITY
£>ubst«nc«
B«niene
Toluo 1
Xy lol
Oder Perception
R«fl«* effect! on br«m
b loourrent*
Corte«ntrit ion in «fl/«3 ^ .
Threihol d
2.8
1.5
0.6
Sub threshold
2.5
1.27
0.41
Threefold
-2.0
1.0
0.32
Subthreihold
1.5
0.6
0,21
On this basis the present author proposes the following conclusions:

           1.  Odor perception thresholds decreased with increase in the num-
ber of methyl groups in the benzene  ring.

           2.  Concentrations of odor perception thresholds used as indexes
in evaluating effects on cerebral electrical activity decreased benzene,
toluol,  xylol in the following  order:

           3.  Benzene  and toluol  enhanced the  electrical potentials, while
xylol had the opposite effect, causing a decrease in the  electrical activity
of the cerebral cortex.  Return to normal electrical brain activity in toluol
and xylol poisoning proceeded  slowly.

                                     - 66  -

-------
          4.  1.5 rng/rn3 of benzene, 0.6 mg/m3  of toluol, and 0.2 mg/m3
of xylol are subthreshold concentrations as shown by results of electrical
potential brain tests.  These concentrations are recommended as maximal
permissible single-exposure concentrations for atmospheric air.  This
recommendation was checked and approved by the Section of  the Sanitary
Protection of  Atmospheric  Air of the Ail-Union Sanitary Study Committee.
              EXPERIMENTAL DATA PROPOSED AS A BASIS
         FOR THE DETERMINATION OF MAXIMAL ALLOWABLE
            AMMONIA CONCENTRATION IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR
                                              \
                             M. M. Sayfutdinov

                         From the F.  F. Erisman
              Moscow-Scientific-Research Institute of Hygiene
          Ammonia is the simplest nitrogen-hydrogen compound; it is  a
colorless gas with a sharp pungent odor and biting taste.  It liquifies under
pressure or  cooling.   It is easily soluble in ether, alcohol and oils.  It dis-
solves easily in large quantities in water, forming ammonium hydroxide.
It reacts actively with acids and other compounds.  Ammonia is made most
commonly from nitrogen and hydrogen (I.  D. Fotonich, 1956; S. A.  Beskovp
196Z).  It is a valuable nitrogen-containing liquid fertilizer, and is also
the basic raw material for the production  of nitric acid and ammoniacal
fertilizers.  Large quantities of it are used for the preparation of ammonium
hydroxide and ammonium chloride.  Ammonia is "widely used in the refrigera-
tion technology,  in soda production and in nitrate treatment of steel products.

          Nitrate combines  are the principal dischargers of  ammonia into the
air; other sources include nitric acid and  ammonium salt refrigeration plants,
coke oven gas and tanning plants as well as animal product processors. Ni-
trate  combines and coking plants for ferrous metallurgy are  most responsible
for this.  Considerable atmospheric air pollution with ammonia comes from
the soil and open waterways.  Literature survey disclosed scanty data  re-
garding ammonia in the air  surrounding such production plants and residen-
tial areas.

                                  -  67  -

-------
          V.  A. Ryazanov (1961) found  ammonia concentration between
20. 1-57 mg/m3 on the premises  of one of the largest plants synthesizing
ammonia and 0,1-0.2 mg/m3  at a radius of 1 km from a large  ammonia
plant.  The average daily concentration at different points on the premises
varied between 0.216-3.309 mg/m3.  At 2 km from the chemical plant,  the
concentration of ammonia did not exceed 0.004-0.005 mg/m3 in the city air.

          A study -was conducted cf the  degree of atmospheric air pollution
•with ammonia around the Novolipets Metallurgical Factory, the largest
source of ammonia discharge into the atmospheric air.  The factory grounds
house coking  and nitrate plants.  Ammonia is  found in the carbon dioxide gas
and in the waste water of coke and chemical plants.  Ammonia is found  in
the air as a result of coke gas loss from leaks in gas conduits, scrubbers,
exhaust  gases, etc.  Ammonia gas also comes from open ammonia storage
and measuring tanks and from waste  water storage reservoirs.

          Ammonia is synthesized in nitrate production from coke oven gas,
discharged  by the coke chemistry industry.  Regardless of the closed techno-
logical system the gas escaped into the  air during repairs, tank drainage,
transfer, etc.

          Studies of the  air around the Novolipets Metallurgical Combine
were conducted during September-October 1963 and May-June  1964 and 1965,
in connection with a study of the nitrate industry and the synthesis  of liquid
ammonia.  Four hundred air samples were collected on the leeward side of
the source at different distances and at  1. 5 meters above  the ground.
                                                      Tab In I
                  AMUONIA POLLUTION OF JHL Airi iUHROUND IMC~ THE NOVOLIP-
                           SUK META^LURblCAL PLANT
                    i            MoV»3 of •••onfi"
Mel«r» (ram 1963 r
pol lut ion
source
500
1 000
3000
5000
7000
10 000
Ha.in.l
1.40
3,5
2.25
1.0
0,20


A»«r«g«
0,31
0,5
0.45
0,16
0,09
>
1964 r

Mixiwtl
3,60
0.39
1,30
1,30
1 ,20


A««r«g«
0,62-
0,18
0,26
0,18
0,19

1965 r.

H«*l««l
4,68"
1,73
0V39
0.28
0,11
0,13

Avtrigt
2,19
0,91
0,24
0,22
0,16
0,12
           Results of the studies  shown in Table 1 indicate that the  greatest
ammonia concentrations were found at 500 and 1000 m from the original
source.   These concentrations rose to higher values when the plants were
in operation.
                                   -  68 -

-------
          Some authors studied air pollution around less prolific points of
 ammonia discharge.  Thus, Z. D. Markova (1941) found, in residential areas
 of Rostov-on-Don, ammonia in 0.02-0.05 mg/m3 concentrations, whereas
 in the city parks the concentration did not exceed 0. 02 mg/m3 .   V.  A.
 Kononova and V. B.  Aksenova (1963) found ammonia in 0.015-0.057 mg/m3
 in the air around stock farms in a zone up to 150 m.  According to American
 authors, ammonia concentrations varied from 0.0058-0.0143 mg/m3 in
 clean air areas of Chicago (cited by V. A. Ryazanov,  1961.  The concentra-
 tion of ammonia in clean air, according to Stoklaz, varied between 0. 02-0. 04
 mg/m3,  which according to Ryazanov  is too high.  Thus, the available data
 suggest that,  depending on the pollutant source,  ammonia concentrations in
 the air varied from 0.015-0.057 mg/m3, to areas where special pollutant
 sources  are nonexistent where the concentration varied  between 0.003-0.005
 mg /m3 .

          Ammonia is an  irritant gas,  affecting  primarily the mucous' mem-
 branes of the  respiratory  tract and the central nervous system (CNS).  Such
 action is a consequence of ammonia's  high solubility in the moisture coated
 surfaces of the mucous membranes and its  easy  penetration into the blood
 stream.  Cases of acute ammonia poisoning have been described  which oc-
 curred as a result of storage tanks bursting or of ammonium hydroxide
 spillage  in everyday use (R . N. Vol'fovskaya and G. N.  Davydova,  1945;
 E.  I. Lyublina, 1948; V. K. Trutnev and N. V. Velikorussova,  1955; K. V.
 Yegorov, 1958,  and others).  R. N. Vol'fovskaya and G.  N. Davydova  (1945),
 V.  K.  Trutnev, Lehmann  (1886-1899),  Horvath (1926-1929) and others classed
 ammonia as a respiratory poison with invasive necrotic effects,  and R. N.
Vol'fovskaya and G. N. Davydova were of the opinion that ammonia also had
 resorptive properties.  Damage to the nervous system resulted in loss of
 consciousness and high excitation verging on incoherence.  I. P.  Pavlov
(1896) noted that ammonia administered to animals in 50 mg/kg doses in-
duced drowsiness  and ataxia, and at  2k times that dose, tremors and  death.
Studies conducted by V. V. Pravdich-Neminskiy (1958),  Ye. A. Vladimirova
 (1938), E. E.  Kosyakov (1962),  N. B. Kozlov (1962), E.  E. Martinson  (1962)
 and others confirmed Pavlov's observations.

          Investigations of Recine (1956) demonstrated that ammonia poison-
ing  adversely affected the blood clotting process through its destructive ef-
 fect on thrombin and residual nitrogen balance in the blood increases.
Increased  ammonia concentration in the blood and tissues  produced physico-
 chemical and  structural changes in tissue proteins, disrupted ion exchange
 and acetylcholine metabolism, and lowering tissue respiration (N. B.  Kozlov,
1963).  Chronic effects of  low gaseous  ammonia concentrations elicited
 catarrhal symptoms in the upper  respiratory tract, conjunctivitis and  a
lowering  of body resistance to  infectious diseases.  City sewerage workers
who have been exposed to low ammonia and hydrogen sulfide concentrations
in the air were  victims of chronic hypertrophic  catarrh, leading to atrophy
(M.D. Ayzenberg,  1927; T. V.  Ass,  V. V.  Vol.  et al. ,  1926).  Abadi,

                                  -  69  -

-------
Trakhta,  and Trusso (cited by R.  M. Zhmudskaya,  1933) found conjunctivitis
and destruction of palatal membranes in workers exposed for a long time to
small ammonia concentrations.

          According to Henderson and Haggard (1930) the threshold ammonia
concentration perceived by man was 37 mg/m3 .  The threshold concentration
of ammonia capable of eliciting  reflex effects in man, according to T. M.
Alpatov (1964) is 22 mg/m3 .  The maximum allowable ammonia concentration
in chronic exposure according to Leman (1896), Silverman,  Whittenberger,
Muller (1949) is 69 mg/m3.   The maximal allowable ammonia concentration
in industrial premises adopted in 1930 by the Moscow Institute of Labor Pro-
tection was 20 mg/m3.  The  number of sources which contributed ammonia
as an atmospheric  air pollutant  is great,  yet few studies have been made to
determine the significance of this fact,  and available  data were judged to be
of contradictory character.   The object of the present investigation was to
determine experimentally maximum allowable single  average-daily toler-
able concentrations of ammonia in atmospheric air.   Experiments were con-
ducted with a 25% solution of the gas.

          Ammonia concentration in the air was determined colorimetrical-
ly by the  Nessler method.  The  sensitivity of this method is 0.3 micrograms
of ammonia per sample.   The maximum single  ammonia concentration in the
air was determined by the odor perception threshold of the gas  as recom-
mended by The Committee on Clean Air Protection (1957).   Twenty-two
healthy persons, aged 17 to 48 years, participated,  and 432 studies over  a con-
centration range from 0.4 to 5,0 mg/mb were conducted.

                                -  - --  -               The threshold of am-
                                               monia perception in the most
                                               sensitive test persons was
                                               0.5  mg/m3.  Results of numer-
                                               ous  observations indicated
                                               that ammonia elicited reflex
                                               response in  threshold odor
                                               perception concentrations,
                                               which originated in the opti-
                                               cal analyzer and in the cere-
bral cortex response was taken  as the index in the present study.  Effects of
ammonia on the human body  were determined with the aid of an adaptometer
ADM in cooperation of three  test persons whose threshold of ammonia odor
perception was  previously determined.   Tests were conducted with 0. 65  and
0.51 mg /m3  concentrations for one test person and 0.51, 0.45 and 0.32
mg/m3  for the other two, based on the differences in the threshold detection
levels  in  the test persons. Effects of each concentration were observed  at
least three times.  Obtained  data indicated that, ammonia in 0.45 mg/m3
concentration lowered eye sensitivity to light in two persons (D. N.  and L.N.)
THHtbHOLD OF AMMONIA OuOfl PERCEPTION

Nuober of
est persons
2
7
9
4

No. of daler-
ainit i one
36
138
200
55
. J
Am aonn ooncn, in «g/»
M in i (Qtt 1
percept ib la
1.95
0.98
0.70
0,50
H«*IB»| non—
p«rc«pt ib !•
1,0
0,75
0,55
0.45
                              -  70  -

-------
while 0.32 mg/m3 concentration was inactive (Fig.  1).  In the third test per-
son (Sh. L.), the threshold odor perception concentration which affected eye
sensitivity to light was 0.65 mg/m3 and the eubthreshold concentration was
0. 5 mg/m3 .
    60 000 -
Fig. I
I  - C!««n
       Ey« tvnsitivily to light ehcngn in fexl*
         D.N. •«f«ct*d Ly  inhilition of ttr
       conttimng difi«r«nt concn*. of •••oflit.
      O.Mi ag/»3, t, _
             - Anoonii 0.32 »g/»i 3 - Am
                        0.3 «g/«3
                                  ooi«
        The threshold ammonia con-
 concentration which affected elec-
 trical cerebral cortical activity was
 determined by continuous  recording
 of the alpha-rhythm evoked  by
 flashing of light.  The work was done
 at the Department of Community Hy-
 giene of the Central Postgraduate
 Medical Institute with cooperation
 of 5 test persons aged 18 to  24 whose
 concentrations of threshold  percep-
 tion of ammonia odor had  been pre-
 viously determined.  Changes in bio-
 potentials were  registered on an 8-
.lead  "Kayzer" electroencephalo-
 graph. Analysis of overall  cere-
 bral-cortical  activity was  made  by
 using a multilead Balashev (1964)
 integrator.  Biocurrents were regis-
tered by the bipolar method.  Periodic light pulses were flashed from a photo-
stimulator at a frequency of 8 flashes per second and intensity of 0.1, 0.2,
and 0.6 i.     Three tests -were made with ammonia concentration and addi-
tional 2 or 3 control runs with clean air.  Total bioelectrical  activity during
the entire period of optical  stimulation was  calculated by means of an in-
tegrator.   Results were  recorded in percentages of average activity level
computed for the first 3  minutes, which assigned the value of 100%.

          In three test persons whose odor perception threshold was 0. 55
mg/m3,  ammonia  concentrations of 0.35 mg /m3 affected the cerebral-corti-
cal electrical activity  and in two of the test persons (Kh. V.  and K.V.) a
drop in total bioelectric  activity  occurred in the first minute, and in test
person D.  M. ,  bioelectrical activity was enhanced.  Concentrations of 0.22
mg/m3 produced no changes (Fig.  2) in any of the 3 test persons.

          In two subjects (D. N. and I.  N.) with thresholds of 0.76 mg/m3 ,
the activating concentration was  0.44 mg/m3  and the  subthreshold  concentra-
tion was  0.32 mg/m3. Clear-cut ammonia effects appeared in the fourth
minute followed by a weakening between the 5-6th minutes.  A more pro-
nounced ammonia  effect  on the organism during the first exposure  minute
can be also seen while determining ammonia  odor perception threshold and
during the study of eye sensitivity to light.
                                   -  71 -

-------
                      7.
                     HO

                    o too

                      so

                      BO
                             23656   7  8  9  10  n  12
                                      H inutv*
                    Fig. 2.  br&in potential amplitudes of fee«le K. V.
                    in tha course of inhaling air containing different
                           concentrations of anoonia vapor.
                    I - Clean air, 2 - Auon i a 0.22 »9/»3l 3 - A»«ooia
                                    0.35 «9/«3
                    Zone betnen arrona p«rgod of air-^naon i« vapor in—
                                     halalian
           Thresholds of ammonia reflex activity are presented in Table 3.
                                                     Accordingly, the 0.2
THRESHOLD REFLEX EFFECT OF  AMMONIA
Indoa investigated
Odor perception
Chonyee in eye aenai-
t ivi if to 1 i 3ht
Chon-jos in electrical
bre in ec 1 iv i ty
Concentration in "g/»
Threshold
0.50
0,45
0,35
bub threoho
0,45
0,32
0,22
                                     Table 3    mg/m3  concentration which was
                                              designated as the subthreshold on
                                              the basis of the most sensitive
                                              test results is here recommended
                                              as the maximal allowable single
                                              concentration in atmospheric air.
                                                     Determination of average
                                              daily  allowable concentration  of
                                              ammonia in atmospheric  air was
                                              studied  by effects on  animals un-
der conditions  of chronic  experiments.  White rats were  exposed  daily for
24 hours to the inhalation of ammonia air mixtures in different
concentrations during an uninterrupted period of 84 days.   Rats of Group I
inhaled air containing ammonia in 20 ±0.1 mg/m3  concentration which is the
maximal allowable concentration for air in industrial areas;  Group II--
2. 0± 0. 61 mg/m3 ; and Group III-- 0.2 ±.0072 mg/m3  which is identical with
the concentration determined as the maximum allowable single concentra-
tion for  the atmospheric air; Group IV,  controls.  Sixty white rats,  weigh-
ing 105-150 were selected for the chronic inhalation experiment.   Rats -were
housed in 100 liter  chambers.  Clear air containing gaseous ammonia in
known concentrations was continuously run into the chamber at the rate of
28-30 li/min.   Air samples  for analysis were taken  daily.

           In the  course of the continuous chronic experiment the general
condition of the rats, their  weight, latent reflex time, porphyrin metabolism,
and urinary ammonia content were recorded.  Blood  serum cholinesterase,
redox activity, luminescent leucocyte  content,  hemoglobin,  erythrocytes  and
nucleic acids  were determined.  At the end of the inhalation exposure and the
recovery period, some  of the rats were sacrificed for post mortem study.
                                     -  72  -

-------
Experimental results were evaluated statistically as described in some  of the
preceding reports:

           During the experimental period rats of all groups were healthy,
active, and maintained the normal rate of gain in body weight.

           Data obtained on latent r eflex-activity time  served  as  the  basis for
evaluating functional state of the CNS effects produced by the  chronic ammonia
inhalation experiment,  as suggested by A.  A. Minayev (1965), A. P.  Fomin
(1965), and using the S.  I. Gorshkov "chronoreflexogenometer" .   Determina-
tions were made in sigmas of the time which elapsed between an electric
motor stimulus and  reflex response to it.

           Results of the study are shown in Table 4 and graphically  in Fig.  3.
                                                         T.bli 1*
                          CHANGES IN LATENT REFLEX  nut OF RATS
Pan ods
bffont i nh • 1 • t i on
.1st inhalation Banlh
2d inhilition Booth
3d inhalation Bonth
Recovery
period
Group
I
(20 Mr/M1)
71,4(0)
57,6(c)
66,3(o)
68,3(o)
68,0(o)
II
(2 MT/M1)
69,2(0)
66,4(o)
68,0(o)
68,4(0)
»68.8(c)
HI
(0.2 KT/M1)
70,4(0)
67,8(o)
67,6(o)
68,4(o)
68,0(o)
.IV
Control
.71,3
67,0
68,3
68.1
68,2
                N o i e  i  i>t»tistical ral'abililfi  c - 99.9$| o - not  reliable
                      80
                      70
                      BO
                      50

                                       I
                                /       23       *•      5
                                  Periods of study
                   Fiy. 3.  Changes in latent period of ref I a» reipona*  in rati
                    effected by  the inhalation of air containing different
                                amaonia, concent rat i ona
                   I - uroup I  (20 ng/B^i  2 - Group II ^2 By/B^)j 3 - Group
                       III (  0.02 «g/«3);  >) _ Group )V  AB _ p.rlod of
                                   ooporisentaI inhalation
                                      -  73  -

-------
           The time of latent motor reflex response diminished in rats of
Group I in the first month of the  inhalation exposure to 20 mg/m3 ,  ammonia
concentration.

           Blood cholinesterase activity was  determined by the Fleischer-
Fauns method as modified by N.  N. Pushkina and N.  V. Klimkina (N. N.
Pushkina, 1963).  Diminished cholinesterase activity was  observed in rats
of Group I.  No changes appeared in rats  of the other group judged by the
graphic records in Fig. 4
                      H/XH  20/KII 30/XH  23'I  IS/H  8/111  30/111 IZ/IV  ^S/l'  5/v
                                    '  D«t«* ef atuo>
                 'F'ii- M-  Chengca ,n blood chol ineateme activity or r»t« ef-
                  I        fected by inhalation of air containing iMoflia
                              (Notation! •••• (B in Fig. 3)


           Redox function of the blood serum was determined by a modified
 Tumberg method (Yu. L.  Anin,  1964) which is  based on the methylene blue
 color change in blood  serum heated over a boiling water bath and recording
 the time required for  complete color disappearance.  Complete disappear-
 ance in the instances of rats of Groups  I and II (Table 5, Fig.  5) proceeded
 at a slower rate pointing to a  drop in redox activity in the animal body.
                                IN THt HECQX FUNCTION IN BLOOU
                                   OF RATS IK MINUTES,
                                                          T.blB 5
                                              Groups
Periods
Prior to inhalation
Inhalation period
Recovery
period
(20 ur/M1)
10,53(0)
I9,IO(c)
12r66(o)
11
(2 MT u1)
10,93(o)
15,0(c)
12.73(o)
III
(0.2 3tr u1)
10p46(o) "
12,20(0)
12,63(o)
|V (Control
of IV Group)
10,66
12,05
12,66
                  Note - itatistical reliability -  c - 99.9J}  o - Statistically
                                     not  P.I lab!.
                                      -  74  -

-------
                    20
                    if
                    16
                  z n
                    10
                                             A
,'J//  is/n  a/in  jo/m
  D*t«B of study
                                                     2SJIV
                   Fig. 5.  Effect of inaonii on the rtdox function of
                                  r«t«' blood *«rvia
                            Notations otB« BB in Fig. 3 .

          Luminescence  under the microscope has  been used as an index in
determining early qualitative changes in the morphology of white blood  ele-
ments.   The method is based on the capacity of nucleoproteins of degenerat-
ing cells to combine with acridine orange more than with the nucleoproteins
of newly generated cells (M. N.  Meysel', V.  A. Sondak, 1956).  This phe-
nomenon was not  observed in the present study.  No changes were  noted in
erythrocyte counts,  hemoglobin,  concentration, and in total nucleic acid
content.

          Yu. K. Smirnov (1953)  showed that  stimulation of the nervous
system was followed by an increase in porphyrin metabolism and a  retarded
return to normal.  Gusev (I960) first included porphyrin metabolism studies
as a guiding index in evaluating the presence of lead in atmospheric air.
Other scientists, G. I. Solomin (1961), Li Shen (1961), V. I. Filatova (1961),
B. M. Mukhitov (1963) and others confirmed^ the high sensitivity of this
method.  The rate of coproporphyrin elimination via the urine was deter-
mined spectrophotometrically.  During the inhalation  exposure,  only rats
of Group I showed coproporphyrin changes (Fig.  6).

          Results  of chronic daily 24-hour exposure of -white  rats to am-
monia-air inhalation in concentrations of 20 mg/m3 shortened reflex time,-
lowered blood cholinesterase activity  and the  redox function,  and also in-
creased the rates of coproporphyrin and  ammonia eliminations via the urine.

          In 2 mg/mj  concentrations  ammonia lowered the redox function
of the blood serum.  In 0.2 mg/m3 concentration in the air ammonia elicited
no physiological change in the  experimental rats.  Pathohistological studies
disclosed no significant changes in the internal organs and  in the CNS in the
                                   -  75  -

-------
experimental rats.
                  eg per 100 gr
                  of body  ct.
                     USD-
  9/ai  IS/XII 25IXU  25/i  IZ/li   ll/ili  2/lY
                0«to6 of »tudy

Fig. 6.  Effftci of *ir-»Bi>oni» inh»l4tion of
            proporfhynn ••tabeliu
          Notations &«ne ts in Figure 3.
                                                        281 IV B/v
                               CONCLUSIONS

           1.  Many industries, especially metallurgical plants, having coke
oven gas and nitrate operations on the premises, constituted the chief source
of atmospheric  air pollution with ammonia.

           2.  Subthreshold ammonia concentration which had no effect on the
cerebral cortex biopotentials is at the 0.2 mg/m3 level,  which can be regard-
ed as its maximal allowable single concentration in atmospheric air.

           3.  Under conditions of chronic inhalation exposure  such a concen-
tration proved toxicologically inactive.  On this basis such ammonia concen-
tration can be recommended as its maximal allowable limit in atmospheric air.
                                      -  76  -

-------
           CHRONIC EFFECTS ON THE ORGANISM OF SMALL
            CONCENTRATIONS OF ACRYLALDEHYDE IN AIR

          Prof. M.  I. Gusev,  Instructor I.  S.  Dronov, Instructor
       A. I. Svechnlkova,  A.  I. Golovina,  and M. D.  Grebenakova

                    Department of General Hygiene of the
                      Rostov-on-Don-Medical Institute
          Acrylaldehyde (AAD)# is produced industrially by oxidizing propy-
lene over CuO or a vapor-phase condensation of acetylaldehyde with formal-
dehyde in the presence of Zia PQj .  Much AAD is consumed in producing
glutaric  aldehyde and methionine.   AAD is an important product of glycer-
ine synthesis. It gets into the atmosphere when glycerine undergoes in-
dustrial  treatment at  high temperatures (130-180° C):  in manufacturing lino-
leum and oilakin, in the core sections of foundries, and in manufacturing in-
sulation  in the electrical engineering industry.  It has been shown in recent
years that AAD is  a constituent of automobile exhausts.

          V.  X.  Yas'kova has found in the outside and indoor  air around the
Leningrad Grease  Combine high coricentrations of AAD which may have been
due to the use of a nonspecific analytical method.  M.  M. Plotnikova (I960)
made quantitative studies of AAD in atmospheric air around chemical and  oil
plants.   At a distance of 100 m from the latter the maximum concentrations
were 2 mg/m^ , and in all samples  the  amount of AAD exceeded the maximum
allowable 0. 3 mg /m3 , while at a distance of 1000 m in the maxima were 0. 65
mg/m .  At a distance of 200 m from the drying-oil  shop of a chemical plant
the maximum concentration was ZO mg/m3 ;  at 1500 m,  0.3 mg/m3 .  AAD  acts
aa a strong mucous membrane and  as a general nonspecific toxin (N. V. Laza-
rev, 1954).  The maximum allowable AAD concentration for air of indoor work =
ing premises  was set at 0. OOZ mg/li.   Plotnikova used the threshold of odor
perception technic in  determining the allowable maximal single exposure con-
centration of 0. 8 mg/m3 of acrylaldehyde in the air.  The threshold of optical
chronaxy concentration was determined at 1. 75 mg/m3 , and for eye sensitiv-
ity to light it was 0. 6  mg/m3 .  The maximal allowable  single  concentration of
acrylaldehyde in the air was found  aa 0. 3 mg/ma .  The maximal allowable 24-
hour single concentration was determined by a process of computation  without
experimental  verification, and was set  at 0.1 mg/m3.

          Effect of low  acrylaldehyde concentrations  in the air on the living
*Cf. the article of M. M.  Plotnikova in the collection Maximum Tolerable
Concentrations of Atmospheric Pollutants,  edited by Prof.  V. A. Ryazanov,
I960,  No. 4.
                                   -  77 -

-------
organism was studied by the procedure recommended by the Committee for
the  Sanitary Protection of Atmospheric Air, by exposing 40 white rats to
daily Z4-hour continuous inhalation of AD over a period of 60 days.  The  rata
were divided into 4 equal  numbered groups; three  of the groups were housed
in special inhalation chambers; animals of group 4 served ae controls.
Acrylaldehyde concentrations in the chambers were determined by the
Plotnikova modification of D. P. Senderikkhina's tryptophan method.  In
reacting with tryptophan AAD formed a stable violet dye.  The  method is
accurate to 0. 002 mg in 2 ml of  solution.  In the present study  specificity of
the method was not of importance (M.  V.  Alekseyeva,  1962).

          The AAD concentrations in the  chambers housing Groups I, II, and
III were correspondingly as follows in mg/m3 :  1. 52 i 05 with fluctuations from
1  to  2 mg/m3 ; 0. 51 ± 0.2 with fluctuations from 0.22  to 0.77; and 0.15 ±.0.01
with fluctuations from 0.1 to 0.3.

          The following indexes  were used in the study:  changes in weight  and
behavior, in conditioned-reflex activity; changes in whole-blood cholinesterase
activity, in rate of  coproporphyrin elimination via  the urine,  in the percentage
of luminescent leucocytes, and pathological changes in the  organs and tissues
of post mortem rats which died during the inhalation  tests, or were sacrificed
at the end of the experiment.   At the end of the first week rats  of Group 1
(1. 52 mg/m3) appeared sickly, sluggish and apathetic, and the  fur became
lusterless; they  ate poorly.  The condition of the rats became progressively
•worse, and inhalation was discontinued on the 24th day.  Before this,  5 rats
(whose central nervous system was studied) died,  and  2 died  subsequently.
By contrast, the rats in the other three groups exhibited no changes in their
general behavior.

          Table 1 summarizes changes in the weekly weights of each group.
                                                  table I
Group

I
II
III
IV
Acrolein in End of
nj/B-3' inne.le.tion
1
1.52
0,51
0.15
Conlrol
90.7 (a)'
114,7 (b)
128,3
129,1
Recovery
period
108.7 (c)
121,7
128.9
134.8
               N o t e i  Statistic.! re I i «b1111/1 • - 95ij b - 99*j c - 99.9|
             ~~" Coop.nson mth control on thebee.il, of condi t ion* prevei I my on
              24/IV «hich correspond* lo the tl*» of lnh»le,tion dieeont inuelion .


           Rats of Group 1 lost 14% of their initial weight  in the course of
 the abbreviated inhalation exposure; loss in body weight continued after
 exposure to experimental inhalation was  discontinued.  By the end of the
                                     -  78  -

-------
first week of the recuperation period the weight loss was 25%, and only toward
the end of the 5th week of the recovery did the average weight in this group
reach the initial level  and continued  to rise beyond it.  Rats of Group II also
exhibited a  statistically reliable weight loss,  whereas rats of Group III
showed no statistically significant changes in their body weight.

          Yu.  V. Novikov,  N. F.  Izmerov, M. I.  Gusev, and K. N. Chelli-
kanov; Ya.  G.  Dvoksin, V.  N. Kursanov, and others applied the conditioned
?eflex  method to determine the  maximum allowable concentrations of chemi-
cals in  atmospheric air.  Their  studies showed that changes in cerebral-
cortex functions appeared very  rapidly.  Early  symptoms of impairment in
the higher nervous activity  appear in the form of phase states, differential
disinhibition, falling out of  certain reflexes,  and finally, inclusion of all
stereotypical functions.  Severe central nervous damage caused natural con-
ditioned optical and odor and taste perception reflexes to disappear. The
Festoration period in such cases may last a month or longer.

          The chief symptom or indication of changes in the higher nervous
activity induced by toxic agents  is constant relaxation of the stimulatory
and inhibitory processes, with  subsequent development of protective inhibi-
tion.   The high sensitivity of the conditioned-reflex method is indicated by
the fact that it  was used in determining the activity threshold for benzene,
lead, and mercury considerably below those  established by previous chronic-
inhalation experiments based on the  evaluation  indexes.  However,  the old
method of  studying conditioned  reflexes in the  Kotlyarev chambers is  elabor-
ate and time-consuming.  In the present study of the higher nervous activity
in white rats an accelerated method  was used in the form of the Ya. G.
Dvoskin modification (1961).  Eighteen white rats weighing 64-102 g were
divided into three groups of 5 rats each and a control group of 3 rats.  The
stereotype  -was studied in the order  of bell-light; light-bell.
         Before Vifjpr
         tir mh lilt ion
                   During  ex^t I .
                    inhaI tl ion
         9 II 3 i I 10 12 15 17 IS li ?
-------
           Changes in CRA also appeared in rats of Group II (0.51 mg/m3),
but in a less pronounced form (Fig. 2).
             before ex-      -                      -- -  —
             pll . inhol          ,
               otloo        ,-    Inhalation period    -        i      Recovery period
             2  t  7 9 II J S \/ Iff I! IS 17 IS 22 H H llJ/t JS Jt tfHtft? SOttS* iJ S3 SI t f I 10 If H 17IS' tl
      Fig. 2. 0.51  mg/m  acrolem effect en  conditioned refle« activity of rat No. 19.
           No CRA changes had been observed in rats of Group in
(0.15 mg/m3) and IV (Control), which is  clearly shown in Figs. 3 and 4:
throughout the inhalation exposure period these rats maintained the pro-
per  strength correlation with weak and strong stimuli,  aa well as in the
oatent period.  As previously mentioned,  the Group I rats died as  a result
of AAD inhalation and it was impossible to study their behavior during
the recovery period.  On the 10th day  of discontinued inhalation the cere-
bral-cortex  activity of rats in Group II returned to  normal.
1
0
s
•D >-.
o *-
c -
o >
-z so
~B«fO
o .. 10
0 ° ?n
"a 0
i i /
: * o
a c
a.
Before e»pll. . 	 Inhalation 	 ._ Recovery
inhalation period period
? if 7 9 11 J J 8 10 It 15 17 IS ?? H tt ?3 Jii JS Jl W IJ US W SO S? St S7 SS 61 t f S 10 H Hi 17 IS I



S
T



^rf




s^


^
^-^L



^


s
V
•^



1 —


/



•^.










•x.












•f















k'

•^^





"-

*s





















^







^^


•^^




•-







-.

















/







h*«-





'-







>k







X?

/
^




•X

\
.V




0^\

t
s




-

F^





—



•



-







-

^^







X













r^







^


•*




*-







s k















r*~


^^
^



^

— H





c-^

          Fly. 3.  0.15 ag/B  of acrolem on conditioned refle* activity of rat No. 6.
&
1 G
C '
0 C
i 5 so
5 - M
I 2 w
s " ?o
••• ;
-, ;
1 ? 0
-~ I.
before flji— 	 T — > 	 	 — -^ —-~- ~ 	 	 ^"' ~ ~ ~ ~~ "
pll. inhal- Inhalation -' -__ ._.""" "
tj)on psnod " • ' Recovery ptriod
, / * 7 f 11 J 3 i 10 If IS 17 IS ?? H ?S HJ* JS Jt fff IJ tS f) SOS! Jt S7SS 11 * f i 10 1! K 17 IS !l


^
«^


'



5^,







,/y





1

^



-*.



/'
^



—



-*£
~T




—






^p^

'

^'




***•



—



m 	




^



— *i
**•



V.




*r*



rS"
^_




x^_


/
,'






*

	






*k

-"



^



v.
^
>







**








•s.
L.







^*
-,








V







,,

— ^






s
s







S
s
s
^







/
j


^








**^



v
_



•-•



s
Jf







^^








••V
















/









N(


























s








•**,


























,
















                 FIE- ^•  Conditioned refl«« activity of Control rat Ho. 5.
                                      -  80  -

-------
          It is generally believed that changes in whole-blood cholinester-
ase activity reflected disturbance in the functional state of the nervous
system (Ye. B. Babskiy and A.  A.  Kirillov, 1938; D. Ye.  Al'pern,  1958)
and shifts in the functional state of  the organism as a whole. Thia index
has been widely used in determining maximal allowable concentration of
chemical substances in the air ane  has  proved sensitive in a series  of
studies conducted under the direction of V.  A. Ryazanov by G.  I.  Solomin
(1961); D. G. Odoshashvili (1962), Li Shen (1961),  R.  U. Ubaydullayev (1962)c
P. G.  Tkachev (1963),  V. A. Chizhikov  (1963),  V. I.  Filatov (1963), and
others; in fact, the  new index limits were 10 to 20 times below  the old
allowable maximal concentrations for industrial premises.

          Cholinesterase activity was determined by using Pokrovskiy's
method (1953) as modified by A. P. Martynova (1957).  The method is
based on the rate  of acetylcholine hydrolysis as indicated  by the rate of
color change due to  change in the pH factor. CholinesteraBe activity was
determined weekly in 5  rats of each group.  Results  are shown in Table  2.
(Table 2 is shown on page 81).

          Hydrolysis  time in the control group was 38. 7-40.3 min;  a
statistically  reliable rise in the time to  61 min manifested itself in rats
of Group I on the 15th day of exposure to inhalation.  Two  days  after the
experiment was terminated on the 24th  day, cholinesterase activity  was
still below normal.  The initial level was not reached until the  second day
following the sixty days of the regular inhalation period.

          Statistically reliable changes  in rate   of Group  II cholinesterase
activity first appeared on the 34th day of inhalation and reached a maximum
on the  41st day. Hydrolysis time began  to drop even before the end  of the
inhalation period and returned to normal on the 10th day of the recovery
period.  No change in whole-blood cholinesterase activity was observed  in
rats of Group III or  control rats at  any time.

          The  basic mechanism of  the effect of toxic  substances on  por-
phyrin-metabolism has  not been adequately investigated.  It is widely  be-
lieved,  however, that it suppressed the  enzyme systems and affected
cellular metabolism in the nervous  system, liver, bone marrow,  etc.
(A.  M.  Chernyy, R.  B. Mogilevskaya,  and  others).

          The  rate of coproporphyrin elimination via the  urine is lowered
by some toxic substances,  such as  carbon monoxide,  dynel,  styrene,  di-
methylformamide,  and increased in the  presence of other substances, such
as lead,  pentane,  toluylene-diisocyanate.

                                   -  81  -

-------
           >
           oT
               r- in i/b —•
               10 m o CTI
               OOO O O)
               -r en
                 TJ- CO OO
                 m CTI o*
               O O CN
               ^r CM — en
               •* in •«• to
                  OCM
               O lO LH CO
               Oi O O c
         Changes in porphyrin metabolism
  proved to be a useful  and sensitive index;
  it wse widely employed by M. I. Gusev,  V. A.
  Chizhikov, G.  I. Solomin, D. G.  Ododosh-
  vili, -and others in establishing  the limit of
  allowable pollutant concentrations in atmos-
  pheric air.   Rate of coproporphyrin elimin-
  ation via  -the urine was  determined spectro-
  photometrically and by computing the optical
  density of maximum absorption at 402-403
  millimicrons.  An SF-4  spectrophotometer
  was used.  24-hour urine of 5 rats in each
  group was collected once a week.   Thus,
  56 analyses were made,  14 from each group.
  Table 3  shows  the amount of coproporphyrin
  extracted from the urine of the  rats and re-
  sults  were recorded in micrograms per 100 g
  of body weight.

                                     Table 3
       2^-HOUR COFHOPQHPHYRIN ELlfcHNATIDN ftI IH UfiINt IN
        TERMS OF MICROSHAMS PER IDO & OF BODY
- - — - — —
Study periods f ran
i ih« I at i on in i tn-
1 1 on

F irst thre« *e«li(
Second three lacks
Third thr«» maataB
Recovery period
Acrolcin in nj/B



Ctfitrel


0.15
i
1,88
1,94
1,78
1,87
1.54
1.61
1,60
1,61


0.5]

1,43 (a)
1.26 (b)
0,67 (c)
1,50


0.54

1,93
0,99 (c)1
0,72 (c)^
1.59
N o t  9 i  Ref i«bi I i ty degr«ei  • -
                                                           b -
               —"o o S
  Ic 2M/IV inhalation diaconlinuetf

         No reliable metabolic changes were
  noted in rats of Group III; statistically re-
  liable drop appeared in rats of Group II dur-
  ing the first 3 weeks of experimental inhala-
  tion.  This reduction continued to the end of
  the inhalation period.
                                      Rata of Group I manifested a tendency
to increased elimination rate to the end of the experimental inhalation, al-
though this change was not statistically reliable.  After inoculation was dis-
continued porphyrin metabolism began to drop gradually, which continued
until the 6th week of the recovery period,  when  the curve began to level out,
so that during the 8th week it coincided with the level of the control group.
                                    -  82  -

-------
                                  With the aid of luminescent-microscopy
                          according to M. N. Meysel1 and A. V. Gutkina
                          (1953),  M. N. Myesel1  and H.  A. Sondak (1954),
                          A.  D.  Semenenko (1963) was able to detect after
                          secondary stimulated luminescence, changes in
                          blood leucocytes in white rate subjected to
                          chronic aniline inhalation in concentrations of
                          0.03,  0.3,  and 3 mg/m3 .  Depending on the
                          concentration of the pollutant in the air,  lumin-
                          escence was noted in rats of all three groups.

                                  M. I. GusevandK. N.  Chelikanov (1963)
                          used the leucocyte luminescence method in at-
                          tempting to determine daily allowable maximal
                          pentane concentrations in atmospheric air.  A
                          statistically reliable increase in luminescent
                          leucocyte count was observed in their studies.
                          The leucocyte count increase persisted through
                          the inhalation period, but returned to normal
                          during the recovery period.

                                  Table 4 summarizes the results of tests
                          made to determine, with an Ml-1 microscope,
                          the percent content of luminescent leucocytes in
                          the blood  fluorochromed with acridine orange
                          diluted 1:10, 000.   During the first week of  ex-
                          perimental inhalation,  rats of Group I  (1. 52 mg/m3
                          exhibited a leucocyte increase.   The count subse-
                          quently decreased to levels still above those of the
                          controls.  It was difficult to get blood from rats
                          of Group I due to its  rapid coagulation, which ex-
                          plains  the gaps in leucocyte data on some days of
                          the experiment.  The increased leucocyte counts
                          persisted for 20 days after the  premature ter-
                          mination of the inhalation period; it returned to
                          normal 7 days later, after which no further tests
                          ,were run.
                                 Rats of Group II (0. 51 mg/m3) also mani-
                          fested a statistically reliable change in leucocyte
                          percentage during the  first week, a change which
continued to the end of the experimental inhalation.  After 11 days of re-
covery the leucocyte count began to drop and returned to normal.

          Rats in Group III, which had shown no  indications of being affect-
ed by AAD in any of the other tests,  exhibited a statistically reliable ia-









J)
IU
>-
o
r>
j
r>
Lj
-1
X
UJ
s •%
LUtol^E&l
u_
0
z
LJ
O
OI
UJ
a.











o
i
>«
L.
9
U
O










L
0
C
O
a
*
c



$
~
b^
^-


i1

i

	

•^
Si"


>
c*


>
in"

>
oo"
t
a a —
L - c -
9 a o —
— £. - -w
0 C — 'M
OD - Od
v- r
o -
a
•n —
0 9
"*•*- L
CB O
a *
o
L.
OO Q
I r- oo O
1 ...

1


o
t—
«
JD
s
CO



1

c
nhila 1 1 D
di aeon-
™
-
ra
O
f-
m
0
s"
s
CO
'

(M
-*

o o o
IT in is
in T CN

u
0 00
LO O^ OO
o» rt w
"^o o
^r Tj- co
to LTJ oo

^S
^^*^
o  O
c -into
Z ° ~ '


m o co
in co o

tj
o o co
£.----
00 —
•^- (£> CO
•o-in —

^~
— in ?
m t^ ~
o'o" g /
C?
- ==>
                                    -  83 -

-------
crease in leucocyte percentage on the 24th day of inhalation.  Other investi-
gators noted similar changes.  For example, A. D. Semenko (1963) produced
reliable  changes in the blood of rats chronically exposed to the inhalation of
aniline in a concentration of 0.03 mg/m3 ,  while P.  G. Tkachev (1963),  who
used different methods, detected no changes with the  same concentration.
This disparity in results suggests that luminescent  microscopy is a highly
sensitive method which can be used in determining the maximum allowable
concentration of chemical substances in atmospheric  air. In this connec-
tion the necessity arises to study the  nature of the process by which lumin-
escing-leucocyte count increased when toxic substances in low  concentra-
tions  affected the organism.

          After the chronic  experiment was ended some of the  animals un-
derwent  patho-anatomic study.*   Histological examination of organ tissues
of animals in Groups III and IV revealed no noteworthy irregularities.  The
first changes,  at a concentration of 0.51 mg/m3 (Group II) appeared as pro-
liferation of the cylindrical epithelium  of the bronchi  with hyperproduction of
mucous and  excessive  infiltration of the bronchial walls by eosinophiles.
Rats subjected to the inhalation of air containing 1. 52  mg/m3 of AAD (Group
I) exhibited acute changes of  an inflammatory nature:  in the respiratory or-
gans in the form of purulent panbronchitis  and bronchiolitie,  and macrofocal
pneumonia in one half of the rats;  and in two cases in the form of fibropuru-
lent pleurisy.  In the internal organs  (miocardium,  liver) acute dystrophic
changes  were noted in  the form of granular and fatty dystrophy (degenera-
tion) with small sections of necrobiosis.
                             CONCLUSIONS

          1.  Prolonged inhalation of acrylaldehyde (AAD) vapor in 0.51 and
1.52 mg/m3  concentrations caused weight loss, changes in conditioned-re-
flex activity, a. reduction in cholinesterase activity,  a drop in porphyrin
metabolism,  and an increase in the percentage of luminescent leucocytes in
the blood of the experimental animals.

          2.  Aside from an increase in leucocytes, no changes were effect-
ed by the inhalation of 0.15 mg/m3 of AAD under identical circumstances.
The secondary luminescent method presents the opportunity to directly ob-
serve the earliest  pliysiochemical and morphological changes in the cells.
Therefore,  it can be recommended for  determining the  average daily maxi-
mum allowable concentration of a pollutant in atmospheric air.

          3.  The  presently established maximal average daily allowable
concentration of AAD in atmospheric air (0.1 mg/m3) is below the threshold
of activity and may be retained without  change.
^Conducted by K. L.  Volchenko.
                                  -  84  -

-------
         HYGIENIC  EVALUATION  OF  THE COMBINED  EFFECTS
           OF ACETONE AND PHENOL  IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR

                             U. d Pogoayan

      From the A. N. Sysin Institute  of General and Municipal Hygiene
                 of the USSR Academy of Medical Sciences
          Experimental studies of the biological effects of atmospheric
pollution found wide acceptance in the Soviet Union in determining hygienic
standards for maximum allowable harmful substances concentrations in
atmospheric air.  At this  writing, 67 such pollutants  had their individual
maximal fixed.  However, a single industrial plant will often discharge
iato the air a mixture of pollutants.  Industry employs highly complex com-
binations, of compounds which  can react with each other and form new,  and
sometimes more toxic,  compounds.   In addition,  an inhabited district may
have several different industries, each discharging into the air its type of
pollutant.  For this reason, the continued investigation into the effects of
individual pollutants must be supplemented by studies of the effects of two
or more pollutants simultaneously present in the  air.

          While the literature dealing with such problems is scant, such
studies as  have been made show that the combined effect of  air pollutants
a, b, c. . .is as a  rule the sum of their individual  effects:  e.g., sulfur
dioxide and the aerosol of sulfuric acid (K.  A. Bushtuyeva,  1961) hydrogen
sulfide, carbon disulfide,  and dynel  ( Kh. Kh.  Mannanova, 1964); ethylene,
propylene, butylene, and amylene (M. L. Krasovitskaya,  1964); isopropyl-
benzene and its hydroperoxides (G. I. Solomin, 1964); and strong mineral
acids (sulfuric, hydrochloric,  and nitric) in  concentrations  of H-ions (V.P.
Melekhina,  1964).  The results of these experiments are included  in the
table of MAC  of contaminants  in atmospheric air  which was approved at the
end of  1965.

          Among the promising technological processes in the world's or-
gano-synthetic industry is the method of producing acetone and phenol simul-
taneously through isopropylbenzene hydroperoxide ( cumene).  It was de-
veloped and first introduced on an industrial scale in the Soviet Union in
1949-  In connection with the increasing demand for acetone  and phenol In
different branches  of the national economy,  the cumene method, being the
most economical, has found widespread use; plants employing this method
can be regarded as future potential atmospheric air pollutants from the
standpoints of air protection because of the imperfection of  the productions
processes  involved and other  similar factors.

                                  -  85  -

-------
          It haB been shown by V. P. Melekhina, M.  A. Pinigin (1961) and
others that  the air around a plant producing acetone and phenol simultaneous-
ly is polluted  over extended distances by these two substances and others.
Therefore,  investigating the combined effect of phenol and acetone in low
concentrations is  of pressing theoretical and practical importance, es-
pecially in relation to determining limits of concentrations from the sani-
tary hygienic  viewpoint.

          Acetone (dimethylketone) belongs to the family of compounds
which possess cumulative irritant and narcotic properties.  Phenol (carbol-
ic acid) is a nerve poison; it also has irritant and narcotic properties  (N.
V. Lazarev, 1951).  In this study the nephelometric method was used in
determining phenol and acetone in atmospheric air (M.  V.  Alekseyeva,
B. Ye.  Andronov,  S.  S.  Gurvits, A. S.  Zhitkov, 1954) and the colorimetric
method for  the former (V.  A.  Zhrustaleva, 1962).       Acetone reacts with
iodine in  an alkali  medium to form a white suspension of iodoform the in-
tensity  of which can be estimated by a standard scale.  The sensitivity of
the method  is 0. 001 mg in 4. 5 ml.  The  method is specific, and phenol
does not interfere  with the determination.

          The action  of phenol with 4-aminoantipyrene in the presence of
potassium ferrocyanide at pH= 9- 3  forme a rose-colored dye.  The sensi-
tivity of this method  is 0.0002 mg in 2 ml.  Acetone does not interfere with
the determination.  The investigation began by determining odor percep-
tion concentration  for the two  chemicals individually,  and then in combina-
tion.  Eighteen test volunteers cooperated in this study.

          The odor perception threshold concentration was determined by
using a generally  accepted method (V. A. Ryazanov,  K.  A. Bushtuyeva,
Yu.  V.  Novikov, 1957).  Five  of the eighteen test persons whose odor  per-
ception was the most  sensitive (1.1 mg/m3) for phenol and  0.22  mg/m3 for
acetone.  This was identical with results of previous  investigations of Yu.
G. Fel'dman (1962),  B. A. Mukhitov (1963).  The concentrations employed
in first test are summarized in Table 1.

          Table 2  presents results of odor perception threshold  determina-
tions in the five most sensitive test persons; the threshold served as an in-
dex  and showed that the threshold  concentration of each component of the
combination was equal to 1.0.   The remaining  13 testers were not sensitive
to these  concentrations, which is entirely natural,  since they had a higher
threshold of odor  perception for each substance individually and  in combina-
tion.

          The odor perception threshold is not to be confused with the limit
of physiological activity of the irritants. Often, without being accompanied
by sensation,  stimulants evoke definite physiological  responses of a so-call-

                                   -  86 -

-------
ed  subsenory nature (G. V.  Gershuni,  1949).  This phenomenon has been   I
confirmed in studies with low concentrations of harmful substances  in in-
haled air.  Investigations along this line have shown that subsenory  concen-
trations of chemical irritants normally insensible by odor can cause changes
in the functional state of different organs and systems, particularly the
visual analyzer; and the threshold of such changes is considerably below that
of which the subject is  aware.
                   ACETONE AND PHENOL CUNCENTHATI 0Mb CORRESPONDING TO
                    THRESHOLD OF ODOR PERCEPTION OF THEIR MIXTURES
Acelona ir>d ph«nol in •»tur»
•9/-3
Aoaiano
I.I"
1.1
0.72
1.1
0.55
I.I
0,55
1,1
0,36
I.I
Phanol
0,022
0.022
0,011
0,022
0.011
0,022
0.008
0.022
0.011
0,022
In pirta of individual
threshold parcaption
Action*
1.0
'o.65
0,5
0.5
0.33
Phono I
1.0
0,5
0.5
0,36
0,5
Suanary coo en . o*
ind iv i dual tub-
threaholdo of each
component
2.0
1.15
1,0
0,86
0,83
              •In the numerator _ the concent rat i on jookad forj in n
               threshold odor concentration of individual component.
                                                       nuifiLon -
                         "  Table 2  ~
 ODOR PEriCEPTlDN THRESHOLDS OF ACETONE PHENOL.
 VAPOR PERCEPTION FOH PEHiONi OF MOST SEfiSI -
          TIVE ODOR PERCEPTION
                                              Eye  sensitivity to light is  a
                                      fine and labile function of the visual
                                      analyzer the level of which is affect-
                                      ed by different factors in the  external
                                      environment. Particular attention
                                      should be centered on the view based
                                      on a series  of studies by L.  A.  Orbeli
                                      (1934),  A. V. Lebedinskiy (1935), K.
                                      Kh.  Kekcheyev (1946),  P. P.  Lazarev
                                      (1947),  S. V. Kravkov (1950), accord-
ing to when eye  sensitivity to light at the level of complete adaptation to  the
dark reflected not only processes in the  receptor  itself but also the state
of the visual centers in the cerebral cortex and the brain stem.  According-
ly, a change in the level  (efficiency) of eye  sensitivity to light as a result of
an irritant can be regarded as reflecting physiological shifts of both peri-
pheral and central origin.
threshold fractions
of each coupon »nt
part i
2,0
• 1.15
1.0
0,86
0.83
Parcapt i b la
5 taatara
5 •
5 i
Not
parcapt ib 1 a
5 taatara
5 , »
                                     - 87 -'

-------
          Selecting three of the five subjects who were most sensitive with
respect to odor perception and using an ADM adaptometer according to a
generally accepted method, the author investigated the reflex effect of an
acetone-phenol mixture on eye sensitivity to light under conditions of adapta-
tion to the dark.  All three  subjects had normal vision and a comparatively
stable dark-adaptation curve.  In making  the ADM test the fact was con-
sidered that the odor perception threshold of the selected most sensitive
testers coincided with that previously ascertained  (Yu.  G. Fel'dman, 1962;
B. M. Mukhitov,  1963) and  as a point of departure adopted the same authors'
results for  the  thresholds of acetone and phenol reflex action on  eye sensi-
tivity to light.
                      "._  	  '___'_     j   T»tla 3
                      OF ACETONE AND PHENOL CONCENTRATIONS  IN MIXTURES
Acatone and phenol cortCdntrtt ions in aivlure
In mj/o
Acetone
0,44*
0,55"-
0,27
0,55
0,22
0,55
Phenol
\
0,0125
0,0156
0,0078
0,0156
0,0070
0,0156
In fractions of indi-
vidual coeponant thres-
holds
Acetone
0.8
1
0,5 '
0,4
Phenol
0,8
0.5
0,45
Suoaary of frac-
tion! of in-
dividual coupon -
•fit's fractions
-1.6
•i.o
0.85
               •In numerator -  th« concentration leokvd fort In nonrator -
               thrjeBrtold concentration nf individual 101100 indicated by th«
               taBt.

                           The first  combination, with a. total-concentration
index of 1.6, produced statistically reliable changes in all three testers;
•when the index dropped to 1.0, only two persons responded,  and at 0. 85 none
reacted.  Thus,  it appears  that the reflex-action threshold of acetone and
phenol in combination is a combined-concentration index of 1.0.  Brief inhala-
tion of the combined  vapors produced contrasting effects in the testers, the
eye  sensitivity to light of R. L.  and  Ye. S. G. L. increasing.   Electro-
encephalography (EEG) has been used broadly in experiments designed to
determine norms for atmospheric pollutants.  The EEG method adequately
satisfies the requirements  inherent in the  theoretical and practical problems
of pollution standards,  being a highly  sensitive  indicator of the nervous sys-
tem functional state.    Reflexive changes  in the electrical activity of the
brain of three testers' inhaling  the acetone-phenol  mixture were also noted
by making quantitative analysis of the natural alpha-rhythm amplification
(A.  D.  Semenko, B.  N.  Balashov, Ye. V. Arzamastsev,  1963).

           The threshold concentration of acetone and phenol affecting energy
brain potentials  have been set at 0.44 mg for the former (Yu.  G.  Fel'dman,

                                    " "" -"88"-

-------
1962) and 0.15 mg/m3 for the latter (B . M.  Mukhltov, 1963).  These were
accepted as initial values in the present study, which were established from
deaynchronization of the  alpha-rhythm in  generating  an electrocortical con-
ditioned reflex'.  The present studies  were baaed on the EEG dependence on
the functional state of the brain.  Primary attention was given to the alpha-
rhythm peaks and to  changes in the background of the peak as a result of
inhaling the mixture, using as the stimulant a rhythmically blinking light
with a frequency equal  to the optimum for the test person's alpha-rhythm.

          For four weeks all the test persons underwent training,  exhibiting
well-defined alpha-rhythms  and a definite dynamic sterotype.  Basic obser-
vations began after it was noted that inhalation of clean air was accompanied
by only few fluctuations.  This  level was reached by  conducting the observa-
tions under standard, nonvarying conditions.  During the experiment the
test persons were housed in a dimly lit soundproof chamber,  in a comfort-
able semirecumbent position,  with electrodes fastened to the cranial sur-
face; they breathed from a cylinder through which 30 libers of clean air
passed per minute.  Two pickups on the back of the hands  recorded motor
responses to stimulation. The test persons were given prior instruction.
The EEC's were recorded in the following order:  initial background with
clean air feed; after 4 min,  a 6 min inhalation of the  mixture,  followeded by
a 6-min period of breathing  clean air (recovery period).  Each test lasted
18 min, including 3 min of conditioning.  The light  was flashed for 18 sec
every  minute,  its intensity changing every 5 sec.   In the intervals between
flashes the testers voluntarily moved in the chair.  Then sound of  different
intensity was introduced for 10  sec.  For  7  sec after  the sound stopped test
persons waited for the  light to go on.

          Through the  experiment the test persons were active mentally
and physically, which prevented the development of phase  states.   Functioa-
al loads can induce serious changes in tissues and  organs,  and the loads
used in this study in  the  form of light and sound, their differential analy-
sis, and responses evoked by such stimulators created a background which
brought out shifts caused by reflex action  of low acetone and phenol concen-
trations not perceived by taste,  and which had no effect on eye sensitivity
to light.  These changes occurred against a background of amplified natural
alpha-rhythm.  Electric potentials were recorded by a bipolar method,  on
a 16-lead EEG manufactured by the Galileo  company, from the frontal, tem-
poral,  and parietal regions of both sides of  the brain. Responses to changea
in the  intensity of the light and sound stimulants, pressure on a piezo pickup,
were also recorded.  The EEG of each test  person was analyzed as to the
magnitude of amplified  natural  alpha-rhythm in microvolts, i. e. , the inte-
grated energy  of brain potentials.  For purposes of comparative  analysis the
total amplitudes were expressed in percent, with 100 percent being the aver-
age total amplitude of the first  3 min  (taken as the  background) against
which the total amplitude of the remaining minutes  was measured (A.  D.

                                 --  89--	•

-------
Semenenko, 1963).  The  results of these tests were processed statistically,
and levels of reliability were determined for the  shifts that occurred.  Ra-
tios of the studied and  threshold concentrations are shown in Table 4.
                 RATIOi OF  ACETONE AND PHENOL CONCtNTRAHOwTlN DETER-
                 MINING THRESHOLDS OF THEIR REFLEX ACTIOH ON EL£CTrtlCAL
                                  BRAIN ACTIVaTT

                       Coficsntrati on of tcetone phenol  mature
In o^/Q3
Ace tone
0,22*
0,44
0,17
0,44
Phenol
0,0078
0,0156
0,0068
0,0156
In perte of indiviautl1
component thre&holde
Acetone
0,5
0.39
Phenol
0.5
0,44
In euenanzed
cpncn. af thresh-
old con en . parts
of individual oon-
ppnents
* 1.0 '
0,83
X
               •In nuperator - the looked for concantratloni  in denominator -'
                threshold con ccntration of  in aiviau Jf component threshold
            The mixture which had ;i total concentration index  equalling 1
caused statistically reliable changes in the enhanced natural  alpha-rhythm
of all test persons as illustrated by Fig.  1.
                             i  5  6  7  8  9 _IO_  11 .-12 .-13 «  15
                              Minutes of investigation

                   Fig.  I.  Changes in  br»in energy potentials in ()e^-
                   son R. L. affected by the inhalation of  acetone-
                                phanol vapor miture.
                   I  - Clean air, 2 - 0.22 »g/"3 acetone plu* 0.007B
                   rng/o^ o* phenol |  0.17 »9/»^ o* acetoon  and O.OOfctt
                                   of phenol


            Concentrations with an index of less than 1 had no effect on the

electrical  activity of  the brain.
            Data of all 3 tests lead to the conclusion that the combined effect
of acetone and phenol in inhaled air is equal to the  eummaxy  effect of the
individual admixture components.

-------
          If the threshold concentration determined by the EEG method is
expressed as a fraction of the existing maximal allowable concentrations of
the individual ingredients,  the minimum effective total concentration will be
1.41; the maximum ineffective, 1.16.  Accordingly, when acetone and phenol
are simultaneously present in atmospheric air, the sum of their concentra-
tions,  expressed as a fraction of the  allowable maximu,  must not'exceed !„

          To explain the resorptive action of low acetone and phenol concen-
trations in mixture, in determining their average daily permissible concen-
trations in air, 48 white male rate weighing 90-110 g were divided into 3
equal groups and subjected to 3-month chronic inhalation tests.

          Rats of Group I were exposed to the inhalation of  a mixture concen-
tration 10 times higher than the maximum ineffective mixture;  inhalation ex-
periments were of short duration; the average was 1. 657 ± . OZ15 mg/m3 for
acetone and 0. 545 ± .0013 mg/m3  for  phenol.  The total concentration index
expressed as a fraction of the maximum allowable concentrations of the two
chemicals individually was 10.19.

          In the case  of Group II rats, the acetone-phenol mixture contained:
0.1735±0. 00305 mg/m3 of acetone and  0. 00516 ± 0. 0000769 mg/m3 phenol
and a concentration index of 1. 012 .

          Rats of Group III  served as controls.

          During the inhalation and recovery periods  the rats lived under
identical conditions.  Fresh air  and air containing the  acetone-phenol mix-
tures •were run into the inhalation chambers  at the rate of 35 li/min. Mix-
ture content  in the  chambers was checked daily.   Observation of the  gener-
al condition and behavior of the rats during the inhalation experiment re-
vealed no changes indicative of toxicity, and no symptoms indicating specific
effects  of acetone and phenol inhalation.  Rats were weighed every 20 days.
Rats of all 3  groups gained weight equally, but at the end of experiment and
during the recovery period the controls lagged slightly.

          During the chronic experiments the investigation  included motor
chronaxy of the antagonist muscles, blood cholinesterase activity, copro-
porphyrin concentration, and content of vitamins C, B! ,  B0  and N-methyl-
nicotine amide--in  the daily urine.

          In choosing these resorptive  action tests the author was guided by
the assumption that this effect induced by  small concentrations of injurious
substances accumulated from general, nonspecific, sometimes monotypical
and insignificant shifts which, as a rule,  were functional and could be re-
garded  as  defense-adaptive responses  (V. A. Ryazanov, 1964).  Participa-
tion of central nervous mechanisms in the generation  of these shifts must  be

                                     - 9~f- ~"

-------
considered general and obligatory.

           One indication of a connection between the nerve centers and
peripheral formations is control of subordination,  i.e. ,  regulation of the
functional state of  the periphery by the higher centers, a phenomenon
which directly reflected in the level of many functional characteristics of
the nervous and muscular apparatus,  particularly its stimulability,  one of
the indexes of which is  chronaxy:  the rate  of physiological response to
stimulation.  Here the primary  difference appears in motor chronaxy of
antagonistic muscles.  The flexor centers are more  easily stimulated than
those of the extensors, i.e., the former have lower  chronaxy than the lat-
ter.  Given a normal relationship between the processes of stimulation
and inhibition in the cerebral cortex,  the proper ratio (as a rule greater
than 1) of antagonist chronaxy will persist.   This ratio changes under the
effect of different environmental factors, the chronaxies converging,  the
ratio tending to become  inverted.  A telling symptom here is a weakening
of the effect of the central  nervous system,  which is caused by develop-
ment of the inhibitory process in the brain  cortex.
                    11 crosec.
                    am
                    aw
                            13  &  15  '5 55  65 75  S3
                               Dayt of investigation
                Fig. 2.  klUGcIt arttaaonilt* chronaa/ in rats affected
                by inhalation of nr containing  acetone and phenol
                   Qiatures (averages according to group*).
                IP IB, and 191 — flat groups) I - Extensors, 2 — f laiore
                    AB  - ExperiDantaI  inhalation period

           Motor chronaxy was checked  once every 10 days in 5 rats from
each group.   Curves in Fig. 2  show that rats  of Group II and III exhibited
normal ratios,  while those in  Group I on the 45th day of inhalation began
to manifest a statistically reliable increase in correct flexor chronaxy as
against that  of the extensors.  At the end of the  recovery period the
chronaxy ratio  in rats of Group I returned to normal.
                                     --92	

-------
           Establishing a biological balance bet-ween the demands of the or-
ganism and the enzyme system activity is one of the mechanisms of its
adaptations to the conditions of existence.  The enzyme systems partici-
pate in the biological and chemical transformations in the organism.  One
of these is cholinesterase,  which hydrolized acetylcholine.  Changes in the
cholinesterase activity and cholinergic blood reactions reflected the func-
tional state of nervous activity (D0 Ye.  Al'pernD 1958).  Experiments  by
D.  L. Pevsner (1954) showed that under conditions of normal  relationships
among basic nervous processes,  such as  stimulation  and inhibition,, the
amount of blood  cholinesterase activity did not fluctuate significantly.  The
predominance of the inhibitory process in the cerebral cortex corresponded
to a marked drop in cholineeterase activity.

           Blood cholinesterase activity was checked every 15  days by the
method of J.  Fleisher and E. Pope as modified by N.  N. Pushkina and
N.  V. Klimkina  (Pushkina, 1963).  This parameter was checked in 5 rats
from each group.  On the 37th inhalation day a drop was noted in cholines-
tesase activity as indicated by R = 0.95.  No such change was noted in
of Group II (Fig.  3).
§ 253
   ^ 2JD
   c
   ^220
       . \
       \
    -\
    200 -
     ISO
    ISC
   0
   JC
                               ,2
                               , 1
              22   37   53   71   85
               Invaot ijati on doya
 f >9- 3. Oynooics of blood cholinoateroae cclivily
 rat.e inhaling vopor oinlura of Qcoteme end phenol.
            (Group Qvorajoo)
 I - Group (; <; - Uroup II: tb — InhalotiBJi pariodo
       No data were found in the
literature dealing with the rela-
tive effects of low acetone and
phenol concentrations on blood
cholinesterase activity.  According
toB. A.  Mukhitova (1963), small
phenol doses  lead to increased
cholinesterase activity, while in
the present experiment the oppo-
site was true; this can be explain-
ed by the specific narcotic acetone
action.   M. Ya. Mikhel'son chowed
that narcotics reduced cholinee£e£'-
ase  activity.  However, since low
concentrations  had no specific ef-
fect, it would be more appropriate
to ascribe these results to the na-
ture of the combined acetone  and
phenol action and regard this  as
the result of an inhibitory focus
arising in the cerebral cortex.
          A substantial drop in blood cholinesterase activity was observed
for brief periods in the course of the experiment.  Obviously the compensa-
tory mechanisms  rapidly established a balance between the enzyme system
and the requirements  of the organism,  caused by the effect of a chemical

-------
stimulant, the phenol-acetone mixture.

          At the base of the energy conversion mechanisms in the living
organism lie the processes of biological oxidation, i.e., of cellular respir-
ation.  Biological oxidation is an enzymic process, which is a complex of
proteins and metallic porphyrins which create the condition for the blood
respiratory function.  Thus,  porphyrins, as biologically active substances,
are elements  of such a vitally important pigment as hemoglobin.  The human
organism contains a series of porDhyrin conversions, among them,  copropor-
phyrin with two of its isomers, I and III.  Presence of porphyrins in the
•white matter of the  brain and of the spinal cord is significant as a factor
controling the character of the nervous system physiological processes.
It is assumed that in these central nervous  system regions where the
cytochrome is either absent or occurred in insignificant quantities  (the
white matter of the  brain) ,  porphyrins were responsible for  the oxidizing
processes.  The supposition that porphyrins are good hydrogen acceptors
and donors must be considered experimentally proved.

          Clinical observations and experimental investigations of  Yu. K.
Smirnov (1953) emphatically suggest that porphyrin metabolism can be re-
garded as one indicator of the functional state of the  central nervous system:
enhanced porphyrin metabolism comes into play when the hypothalamic re-
gion of the brain is  stimulated.  Inhibitory processes in the brain reduced its
functional activity and lead to a lowered porphyrin metabolism.   All this
supplants the  as sumption that determination of changes in the  daily porphy-
rin content can be used  as an objective test in determining the functional
state  of the central  nervous  system.  For this reason the test has been used
widely in experimental studies of the maximal allowable toxic substance
concentrations in atmospheric  air.  With the aid of M. I. Gusev's and Yu. K.
Smirnov1 s method (I960), the present author determined the total copropor-
phyrin content of  the urine of 5 rats in each group.  Porphyrin metabolism
was below normal in rats of Group I; a statistically reliable change appeared
in the 8th week of inhalation.  At the  end of the recovery period the copro-
porphyrin level was lower than that of rats  in Groups II and III (Fig. 4).
This decline must be explained as caused by disturbing the normal relation-
ship between the basic nervous processes,  as a physiological  "means" of
protecting the  animals'  organism.

          Rates  of vitamins C,  Bx ,  Ba, and N-methylnicotine amide elimin-
ation with the urine were studied next.  Vitamins are catalyzers  of biochemi-
cal living cell  reactions.  They participate largely in metabolism,  of sub-
stances which constitute the enzyme systems.  Accordingly determining
vitamin content can offer supplementary evidence regarding the nature of
the metabolic-enzyme processes.  Literature reports describe vitamin
metabolism disturbance among workers engaged in phenol and acetone
production by the cumene method (N.  N.  Pushkina, 1964) at high concen-

                                     - 94 --"

-------
           Zr  33   i5  S3   70
           Inusst igat ion day a
                               82
trations of these substances in the shop air.

           Vitamins were determined in Z4-hour urine specimens daily in
5 rate from  each group at 12 day intervals.  Shifts in vitamin elimination
by animals of the 3 groups were insignificant  and  statistically unreliable;
on the 80th inhalation day the level of all the groups was  nearly the same.

                                                Pathocytological tissue
                                         examination of  rats of Group I
                                         showed vascular damage in some
                                         parenchymatous organs, edema
                                         of the stroma in the villi of the
                                         small intestines, and a change in
                                         capillary permeability with develop-
                                         ment of  moderate perivascula?
                                         and  pericellular edema in the
                                         brain.

                                                Thus, chronic exposure of
                                         Group I  rats to the inhalation of
                                         air polluted with acetone and phemol
                                         simultaneously in concentrations
                                         (1.657 and 0.0545 mg/m3)  ten
                                         times in excess of the maximum ia=
                                         active concentration of the mixture
for  short-duration exposure produced shifts •which pointed to a reaction in
the  nervous system, viz. , disturbance of the  normal chronaxy ratio of the
muscle antagonists,  reduction in blood cholinesterase activity, a decrease
in the rate of coproporphyrin elimination via the urine,  and a  series  of
minor  pathomorphological changes.  A phenol-acetone mixture in a concen-
tration equal to the maximum active  level (0.00516 and 0.1735 mg/m3,  re-
spectively) produced no changes in rats of Group II.

          Investigation of the acetone-phenol  mixture  resorptive effect also
pointed to a complete summation of their individual effects.  Therefore,  it
can be recommended that the maximum average-daily allowable concentra-
tions for phenol and acetone in mixture be set at the single-exposure level,
i. e. ,  the sum of their fractions of the existing average-daily maximal
allowable concentrations taken individually should not  exceed 1.0.

          In the spring of 1964 an investigation was made of the air around a
synthetic phenol-acetone plant.  Samples were taken on the leeward  side  100C
300, 500, and 1000 m from  the plant, 1-1. 5 m above the ground.  Results of
simultaneously  determined  single-exposure concentrations of phenol  and
acetone are summarized in Tables 5  and 6.
ig.
M.  R»te of coproporphyrin eli«il»ti3n VF'Q the
 in rats durmy mha.la.li an of ace ton»-ph~irnol va-
       por oiiture inhalation
   "olatiunt  uxa a»  in Figure 3.
                                   - 95 -

-------
                                                  Table 5
                    SINOLE ACETONE CONCENTRATION IN ATBOiPHEH 1C AIR AROUND
                        PLANTS, PRODUCING SYKTHETIC ACETOME AMD PHENOL
~
^Qlore froo
d i Bchtrge
source
100
300
500

Na. o' »ir
saup 1 QO
14
13
24
No. of BfttDp I ••
b«lo* nothod
sens 1 1 1 * i ty
_
—
24
Hg/.J
~
Manntl
2.19
0.714
—

Aver.9.
1.41
0,415
—
                                                       Tabla 6
                  ijINnLE PHENOL CONCENTRU IONS IN ATMUiPHLrtl C AIR  IN
                  THE VILINITY OF PLANTS PHOUUUNG SYNTHETIC ACETONE
                                  AND PHENOL
4«tara frora
dischirga
source
100
300
BOO
1 000

No. of air
Mmp 1 ea
17
13
23
25
No, of «ir
Btapll*
b»le« Mthod
• en»iliv'»y

—
3
25
"y/.3
«««n«i
0,323
0,2197
0.0869
—
Av»r»g«
0.187
0,115
0.039
—
           At 100 and 300 m the acetone readings exceeded the maximum
allowable  (0.35  mg/m3) by 6 and 2 times respectively; only at 500 m were
no traces  of the pollutants found.  For phenol the maximum allowable 0.01
mg/m3 concentration was exceeded at these three distances by multiples
of 32, 22, and 8 correspondingly, and only at 1000 m were no traces of
the pollutants found.

           It is  of some practical value to compare these data with the maxi-
mum allowable phenol and acetone concentrations when present as a mixture
in doses in defined fractions of the maximal single-exposure concentration
of each  individually, the sum of which must not  exceed 1.  At 100 and 300 m
the phenolacetone concentration exceeded the maximum allowable combined
concentrations by factors of 38 and 24,  respectively, indicating that the air
surrounding this plant was  heavily polluted, especially with phenol. Pre-
ventive measures  should, therefore, be instituted first by freeing the
gaseous emissions of phenol vapors.

           The width  of the  sanitary  protection felt around synthetic phenol-
acetone plants can be determined reliably only by taking into account the
effects  of  other  gaseous pollutants discharged into the air by the plants.
                                     - 96 -

-------
                             CONCLUSIONS

          1.  Effect of an acetone and phenol mixture acting on the odor-
perception organ, on eye aenaitivity to light,  and the  electric activity of
the brain,  should be evaluated as  ;he simple fractional aum of the indi-
vidual components' effects.

          2.  Biological effects  of the phenol and acetone mixture will appea?
when the fractional summation of their individual allowable maximal will
exceed the value of 1.

          3.  The maximum permissible concentration of a phenol-acetome
mixture in atmospheric air  should be set at the biologically inactive con-
centration level for single exposure where the fractional summation of the
acetone and phenol individual single allowable maximal levels did not ex-
ceed 1.

          4.  The average-daily allowable phenol and acetone combination
can be set at the maximum single-exposure level.
   DETERMINATION OF ALLOWABLE  MAXIMUM CONCENTRATIONS
             OF  PHENOL AND ACETOPHENONE WHEN
       SIMULTANEOUSLY PRESENT IN ATMOSPHERIC  APR

                            Yu. E.  Korneyev

      From the A. N.  Sysin Institute of General and Municipal
         Hygiene of the USSR  Academy of Medical Sciences
          The object of this study is to investigate the combined effect of
phenol (Ph)  and acetophenone (APh) vapors on the human organism. Such
conbined effect occurs  when the cumene method is employed in the produc-
tion of phenol and acetone (AC), during which vapors of Ph, APh, acetone,,
benzene,  and other toxic substances are emitted into the atmosphere.   The
effect of  combinations of several of these poisone on the human organism
may differ from that when the same substances are inhaled individually:
                                 - 97 ~-—-

-------
the result may be a total or partial summation, diminution or enhancement
of the effect (N. S.  Pravdin, 1929; N.  V. Lazarev,  1938; V. A. Ryazanov,
1954).  Actual final  effect can be determined by experimental study of each.
Most often the final effect is one of simple summation of the individual
effects which can be expressed by the following formula

                            X = A/M  + B/M
                                    A      B

where A and B are the maximum allowable concentrations of the pollutant
in mg/m3 of air when they are present in the air individually.

          The maximum allowable single-exposure and average-daily con-
centration for phenol and acetophenone in atmospheric air were set at 0.01
and 0.03 mg/m3,  respectively (B.  M. Mukhitov,  1962; N. B. Imasheva,
1963).  The  toxicity of  phenol has been adequately described elsewhere.   It
enters the organism in a variety of ways.  Workers engaged in phenol pro-
duction frequently manifest acute and  chronic poisoning as  a result of in-
haling phenol vapors.  The principal harm is first to  the central nervous
system,  followed  by the cardiovascular  system; the activity of the gastro-
intestinal tract is  damaged, and ^itamin metabolism is impaired (V.  K.
Navrotskiy,  1928; Z. E. Grigor'yt;v,  1953; V.  I. Petrov, I960).  A.  S.
Stegniy and  Ye. K.  D'yakonenko (1961) noted that workers exposed to phenol
vapors developed  hypotonia, polyneuritis, impairment of perception,  ab-
sence of abdominal  reflex, and inadequate convergence.

          Little attention has been given to the toxic properties of phenol,
and in the field which is related to this study only N.  B.  Imaaheva's work
fully explains the  effects of low concentrations  on the organism.   Although
phenol,  which ia widely used in industry, is not comparable to acetophenone
which is given off as a byproduct.  Under ordinary production conditions
phenol and acetophenone do not affect  the organism individually,  but have
a constant effect the nature of which has been investigated experimentally.

          Two methods were used in determining phenol in atmospheric
air:  In a reaction with diazotized p-nitroaniline,  which in a carbonic  acid
medium produced a yellow-green to red-brown color; this method has a
sensitivity of 0.2  micrograms  in 5 ml; and a more  sensitive method involv-
ing 4-aminoantipyrine  (V.  A. Khrustaleva, 1962).  Acetophenone was  de-
termined spectrophotometrically (M. D. Manita, 1963) by determining the
optical density of an acetophenone solution in ethyl  alcohol at a wavelength
of 244 millimicrons in a'cell with a layer thickness of 10 mm.  The sensi-
tivity of this method is 0.25  micrograms in 1 ml.  The method of V. A.
Khrustaleva (1961) was used in studying actual air pollution around a plant
producing phenol  and acetophenone.  Effect of low phenol and acetophenone
concentrations simultaneously present in the air was  investigated by the

                                   -  98 -----

-------
methods of threshold of odor perception, eye sensitivity to light, and elec-
trical activity of the cerebral cortex.  Experiments were conducted with
healthy persons.  The threshold of phenol and acetophenone mixture odor
perception were determined by a method recommended by the Committee
on the Protection of Air Cleanliness.  First, all subjects were familiarized
with the odor of phenol and acetophenone mixture after which their threshold
of odor  perception to the individual mixture componenets was determined.
Twenty-two persons cooperated, of whom two had a phenol odor perception
of 0.017 mg/m3 and a subthreshold of 0.016 mg/m3 ; for  14 others the read-
ings were 0.022 and 0.017 mg/m3, respectively;  while for the   remaining
6 persons the threshold was high.  B. Mukhitov set 0.022 mg/m3  as the
odor perception threshold  for most sensitive persons.  Ten persons had aa
average odor perception threshold of 0.010 mg/m3 (subsensory,  0.008
mg/m3); average readings for all others were 0.0285 and 0.01 mg/m3,
respectively; for one person the odor perception threshold lay  above 0.03
    § ^
mg/m  . N. B. Imasheva  set the odor  perception threshold of  acetophenoae
at 0.01  mg/m3  for most sensitive persons.

          Determination of odor perception threshold for phenol-acetophen-
one was conducted with the cooperation of 18 persons,  6  of whom were proved
to be most sensitive.  Altogether 752 tests were made.  The summation con-
centration of the phenol and acetophenone mixture was expressed as a frac-
tion of the threshold concentrations,  as previously described.  For most
sensitive individuals the results of the  two  sets of tests were identical, i.eos
a threshold of 0.022 mg/m3 for phenol and 0.01 for acetophenone.

          The  odor perception threshold concentration of the mixture  had  a
concentration summation of

                          0.013        3    0.004      .   3
                                        +-       mg/m'
i.  e. , when simultaneously present in atmospheric air the effect of low
phenol and acetephenone concentrations  is equal to the sum of their individual
effects .

          Expressed in terms of fractions of the individual thresholds, the
undetectable mixture had summation concentration index of 0.72.   The effect
of low phenol and acetophenone concentrations on eye sensitivity to light was
investigated using an ADM adaptometer  and  a method recommended by the
Clean Air Committee.  Some changes were made in cylinder design and  air
was  run in at the rate of 30-35 li/min.  The increased rate of air  flow was
not perceived by the subjects. Volume  of air flow (500 ml/sec) was general-
ly maintained at the level of normal breathing.      Three  test persons were
chosen for adaptometric studies.  Two mix -concentrations were used) four

                                   - W- "

-------
45-min tests were made with each mixture.  Ninety-three readings were
taken.  Eye  sensitivity to light was checked every 5  min and the results
processed statistically.

           B. M. Makhrtiov and N. B.  Imasheva obtained the following con-
centration summation index in their studies of phenol  and acetophenone
individually:
     0.00747
 1.0   0.0015
mg/m3  (PH) +
                                     mg/m3 (AP) and 0.77
0.0059  0.0039
 0.155   0.01
           The first mixture effected a statistically reliable change in all
 3 test persons,  the  second had no effect on the behavior and the dark-
 adaptation curve (Fig.  1).
   In thou-
    sands
     ZOO
     ISO
   I 120
      80
                                                 As in the olfactory thresh-
                                          old tests complete simple summa-
                                          tion of the effects prevailed here:
                                          the concentration summation in-
                                          dex for the minimum effective
                                          mixture was 1.0.
              ID
     of
                     20  25  JO
                     invest ig«11on.
                                                 The effect of low phenol and
                                          acetophenone  concentration mix-
                                          tures on the cerebroccrtical  ac-
                                          tivity using (1) a method developed
                                          by A. D. Semenko for hygienic
                                          investigations which involving
                                          amplification  of the natural alpha-
                                          rhythm,  while successively stimu-
                                          lating the subject with a flickering
                                          light at a frequency fitted to that of
                                          the subject's alpha-rhythm; and (2)
                                          a method similar to that described
                                          by U. G. Pogosyan.  Altogether
                                          112 tests were made on 3 test per-
                                          sons.  Frontal, lobal,  and parietal
                                          readings were taken from each
                                          hemisphere.  Two gaseous phenol
and acetophenone mixtures were used.  The first was 0. 00759/0. 0156 mg/m3
for phenol = 0.49 of the individual threshold concentration, and for aceto-
phenone 0.0357/0.07 mg/m3  = 0.51,  and a fractional-concentration summa-
tion index of 1.0.  In the  second mixture the proportions were 0.00584/
0.0156 (= 0. 374) and 0.00276/0.007 (=0.394),  and  an index  of 0. 77 (Fig.  2).
Results of EEG tests were also computed by the Mukhitov-Imasheva threshold
method.  The first mixture produced statistically  reliable changes in all  3
test persons; the second,  none, confirming the principle of simple fractional
 Fig. I.  Curve of eye »fUpl«tioo le dark of fe«alfe T.
 1. during tha inhalation of tcetona—pheno I vapor BIX-
                turo inh»lation.
 I - Clean uirj 2  - Mixture »ith a sunettion concentra-
 tion  index o* I:  3 — buareutlon concentration index of
                 0.77

-------
 summation of the phenol and acetophenone individual limiting concentrations
 in atmospheric air.
                    so
Fig
T. H
                           3       e      9      12
                               Hinutea of inv»i t igtt ion

                      2. Gh»ng«i in •(•etrietl brain tctivily df F««aU
                      . afftctfrd by rnh»lit i on -
-------
              Pollutant Concentration, in mg/m3
                                  Index of Individual
                                    Concentrations*
        I     Acetophenone  0. 0017, phenol 0.0062                1.19
       II     Acetophenone  0. 01732, phenol 0.0637             12.14
      III     Controls
       IV     Acetophenone  0.00147, phenol 0.0048,  AC 0.136   1.36
        V     Acetophenone  0.01141, phenol 0.04162,  AC 1.334  11.76

       ^Decimal fraction of  existing maximum allowable average-daily con-
        centrations .

           Concentrations were checked daily.  During the inhalation period
the general condition, weight, blood cholinesterase  activity, motor  antag-
onist chronaxy,  porphyrin metabolism,  eosinophile  count in peripheral
blood,  and rate of 17-ketosteroids and vitamin C elimination with the urine
were checked.
           The four test groups differed in no way from the controls with
respect to weight and general  condition.

           A slightly  modified  Fleisher-Pope-Spear method (1954) was gener-
ally used  in determining cholinesterase activity.   Rats of Groups II and V
exhibited  a  statistically reliable reduction during the fourth week of inhala-
tion which continued  to the end of the exposure period; only during the re-
covery period did the cholinesterase-activity level return to normal.  No
negative effects  were observed in the other groups (Fig.  3J_.
                400
                300
                  IS/IK
IS/t
IS/X/I
                 31/X     IS/11    JO///
                   Days of etudy
FIJ. 3. Changes irt chol irtesUrkfce atiivi'ly !rt hxpMtriMnUI  r»U
effected by the inhalation of air containing vapor •iilur&s  of
                  phenol, acetophenone and ao«tone.
I  - liroup  I (Mixture o* phanol and acetophenone having  a auaoary
concentration  indea of  I.IU)|  2 -Group It (vap«r fial^r; of
phenol  «nd acetophenone having a sum^ry concanlrat too  index o1
I2.I4)} 3 -Group  III  (Control)i >t -Grouf; IV (..ixtur.of phanol,
aeolophenone and aeetona sith a »«*»«nr concentration indax  of
I.36J>  S - Sroup V (laixture of phenol, acetophanon« h«ving a SUB-
•ary concentration index of ll.70)j  AB - Eiiper i.snti I  inhalation
                      per i od
                    - 102---  ----

-------
            The nervous  aystem condition was  evaluated in the motor chronaxy
 of basic  (antagonist muscles) shifts in which constituted an active index of
 stimulation states and which reflected changes  in the external environment
 and the functional state  of the  organism with high precision.  Exposure  of
 the  rats  to high  concentrations of the  experimental gases  (Groups II and V)
 had a significant effect  on the  functional  state of the nervous system (Fig.
 4),  and induced  changes at the end  of  the first month which disappeared at
 the  end of the recovery  period.  The other groups manifested no  changes in
 chsonaxy ratio.
                                    i/xi  H/Jt/  rr/jri i/x/i  n/ti/
                                    Days of atudy
               Fli- **.  Satioa of fle*ar and aitncsor chrona*i»a in rato dufinfl
               period* of inhalation  of air containing * «i«lur»  of phanol, icefo
               pnenona, and acalont vapors.
                          Notations  MBa •» in  Fig. 3.
                     • crog/lOU g of b udy wight

                      1.0
                      if/It  J/X  IS/X tS/X 12/XI Z7/XI 12/ttll 27/lU
                                  Dates of study                 '  '_

                Fig. S. flat* of eoproporphyrin •liaination via  the unn« dur,ng
                tho  inhalation of  air containing a •i«tur« oT~ph«nolD oootophon-
                                 on« and acaton* vapors
                           Notation* MM as in Fig.  3.
           Some intoxications and illnesses cause damage to the nervous
system and lead to disturbed porphyrin metabolism.  Elinination  of copro-
porphyrijie with the urine is  an early indication of impaired nerve regula-
tion in hemoglobin  synthesis (O. M. Charnyy,  S.  E. Krasovitskaya, 1951).
In the course of a  3-month experimental inhalation test,  the experimeatal
rats exhibited a statistically reliable increase in coprophyrin eliminatiom
via the urine.

-------
During the restoration period this parameter returned to normal (Fig. 5).

          Records were also kept of 17-ketosteroids elimination via the
urine.  The  leading role in regulating excretion of steroid hormones of the
adrenal cortex,  which possess a well-defined reactivity, is played by the
nervous system; the function of the adrenal cortex depends on a cortico-
tropic hormone  of the anterior hypophysis, which in turn is regulated by
the central nervous system (S. G. Genes, 1955).  The  corticosteroid func-
tion responds to stimuli affecting the organism.  Results of 17-ketosteroids
investigations reflect damage done to the mechanisms which regulated the
adrenal cortex function.  This  applies particularly to the eoeinophiles.
Eosinopenia indicates functional amplification in the adrenal cortex (D. Ya.
Belov,  1957).

              MiorojC/100 g "                  .        -
               of body mi.
                           X/X
tl/XI  H/XI   12/M   Z7/XII
 Da/i af invaat i git ion
19/1
               FIJ. 6.  1at« of k«to«t«roida divination v|«  th« urine of r»U
               oipoacd to th« inhilition of «tr contain ing a  • ••lure «f phoool.
                              «o«toph»noo», tnd tactom  vtpori.
                               Notations «aae is in Figur* 3.

           In this connection a study was  made  of 17-ketosterold secretion
and hematic eosinophile count.  Rats of Groups II and V exhibited a change
in the first parameter throughout the inhalation period,  which was statistical-
ly reliable only during the third month.  This can be explained partly by the
fluctuating 17-ketosteroid  elimination in the control group (Fig. 6).  Groups
I and IV differed little from the controls.  These tests were  run every 15
days  at the same hour of the  day.

           Daily intermittent  analysis of eosinophile counts in the peripheral
blood can present to the investigator a picture  of the organisms organic
reactivity.  The most diverse effects  leading to  inhibition in the central
nervous system provoke a drop in absolute eosinophile  count (K. Kh.  Kyrge,
1956).  Counts  were made in a Fuchs-Rosenthal  chamber (S. M. Bakman,
1958).  Rats of Groups II and V  exhibited a reduced eosinophile count  in the
peripheral blood.  Statistically  significant eosinopenia appeared twice in the
second and third month  of experimental inhalation (Fig.  7).  No statistically
reliable changes were noted in the other groups.

-------
                     100
                     so •
                      S/IX
IS/X   31/X   IS/11
   Ottel of  investigation
                   Fig. 7.  FluekuitioriB  irt p6ri(Jh»f»l blood eo
                   in rats subjected to tht inh»Ution of »lr containing
                   . inture of phenol, «o« kof>H«no*«, *nd »oeion* v«por«.
                            Notations »»t«e •• In Fig. 3-

           Investigation of ascorbic  acid content in the urine of the teat
animals revealed no deviations from the  controls.

           Thus, exposure of the rats to the inhalation of air containing
phenol  and acetophenone  (Group II)  and also acetone (Group V) affected
cholinesterase activity, motor chronaxy  of muscle antagonists, porphyrin
metabolism,  excretion of 17-ketosteroids with the urine, and eosinophile
count in the peripheral blood.  Fractional summation concentration of phenol
and acetophenone at 1.19 index level in relation to their  individual MAC
and 1.36 when acetone was added provoked no organic changes even under
conditions of  chronic inhalation.
           Taking into account the small difference between the maximum
single-exposure to phenol-acetophenone concentration index here recommend-
ed (1.5) and the inactive average-daily concentrations investigation (1.19 and
1.36),  as  well as of the level of the minimum resorptively effective mixture
(1. 96), the present author accepts the recommendation of the Sanitary Air
Section of the All-Union Study Commission that the average-daily concen-
tration of the test gases be set the same as that for single exposure,  viz. ,
1.5.

           Part of the present study was devoted to an investigation of actual
degree of air pollution in the vicinity of a  synthetic phenol and acetophenone
                                   "-  105—

-------
plant and hygienic  assessment of the resulting data.  Samples were  col-
lected in May 1964 on the leeward side of the plant at 100 to 1000 m.  Ac-
cording to data of the municipal sanitation-and-epidemilogy station the
plant discharged 2.2 metric tons of pure phenol into the air annually.
Acetophenone discharges were not computed.  At  500 m the maximum sin-
gle phenol concentration exceeded the allowable maximum by a factor of
8.7; those of acetophenone by a factor of 9. 3 (Table 3.)  The combined
concentration was  12 time above the recommended level.  No traces of
either gas were detected at 1000 m.  The width of the sanitary break belt
around a plant of similar type cannot  be established without taking into
account the entire  complex of the toxic emissions.
                                                    Uble 3
                 ATMOSPHERIC AIR POLLUTION IN THt NtblON OF PHENOL AND
                             ACETONE PHUJUCTION
Maters fron
source of
pol lut ion
1
Nuabar of i
samp I 01 j
SvBplat abova
Mtnod of
•«n»i t Ivily
Conc«nlnrtioni in Bg/'
•axlisl
—
Phonol
100
300
500
1000
17
13
23
25
17
13
20
—
0,29
0,219
0.087
, —
0,1642
0.1019
0,03417
—
100 .
300
500
1000
11
17
26
25
U
17
12

0,879
0.0967
0.0286
—
0.258
0,0571
0,00764
—
                             CONCLUSIONS
           1.  The threshold odor perception concentration of the gas mix-
tures tested by most sensitive test persons was 0.013 mg/m3 for phenol +
0.004  mg/m3 for acetophenone with a fractional  summation index of 1.0.
An index of 0. 72 (0. 01 mg/m3 phenol + 0. 0026 mg/m3 acetophenone was not
perceptible.

           2-3.  The threshold concentrations for eye sensitivity to light
in combination were as follows:
                                            Fractional Concentrations  Sum-
                                               mation Index
                Phenol   Acetophenone     Min. Effective   Max Ineffective
Eye sensitivity
  to light       0.00747   0.00517 mg/m3         1.0              0.77
Electrical Brain
 Activity
0.00759   0.00357 mg/m3

                   - 106  -
1.0
0.77

-------
          4.  The effect of phenol and  acetophenone simultaneously present
in the atmospheric air equals the simple sum of their  individual effects.

          5.  Since the maximum allowable concentrations of phenol and
acetophenone were established with some leeway, their maximum allowable
combined single-exposure and average-daily concentrations, expressed as a
fractional summation of the individual  limit concentrations, such sum should
not exceed 1.5.  This also applies to a phenol-acetophenone-acetone mixture.

          6.  Inoculation of experimental animals with phenol-acetophenone
and with phenol-acetophenone-acetone  which have fractional concentration
summation indices of 12.14 and 11.765, respectively, elicited significant
changes  in cholinesterase activity, motor antagonist chronaxy, porphyrin
metabolieh,  17-ketosteroid content, and caused pronounced eosinopenia.
Y/hen the respective indices were lowered to 1.19  and 1.365 no guch eequelle
were noted.
                                  i
          7.  The conbination of phenol and acetophenone,  and their combina-
tion with acetone elicited no changes in the organism even upon prolonged
(chronic) exposure to the inhalation of  air containing simultaneously vapors
of phenol and acetophenone or the two plus acetone when the fractional sum-
mation of their individual maximal allowable concentrations have indexes  not
exceeding 1.19 and 1.36 correspondingly.

          8.  This evaluation principle is applicable to investigations deal-
ing with  air containing three simultaneous pollutants.

          9.  The width of the sanitary protection zone in the case of plants
producing synthetic phenol  and acetone should be recommended by taking  into
account the  total complex of pollutants emitted into the atmospheric  air,
and not on the basis of discharged phenol, acetophenone and acetone alone.
                                - 107 -

-------
    COMBINED EFFECTS OF  LOW ACETONE  AND ACETOPHENONE
      CONCENTRATIONS IN  THE AIR  OF  THE LIVING ORGANISM

                              N.  Z. Tkach

                 From the A.  N. Sysin Institute  of General
                       and Municipal Hygiene of the
                    USSR Academy of  Medical Sciences
          The rapid development of the chemical industry has been accom-
panied by increased discharges into the atmosphere of a great volume of
toxic  complexes of broad contaminant spectra.  A most frequently encounter-
ed combination consists of acetone (AC) and acetophenone (AP),  by products
of the cumene method for the production of  synthetic phenol (PH)  and ace-
tone (AC) simultaneously.  Acetophenone  in this case is a product of sec-
ondary reactions;  it is also continuously  discharged into the  atmosphere.
Results of previous studies indicated that the combined effect of  these
pollutants were equal  to the fractional summation of the effects of the in-
dividual  components:  sulfur dioxide + sulfuric acid aerosol (K. A. Bush-
tuyeva,  I960); chlorine + hydrogen chloride (V. M. Styazhkin, 1962); and
carbon disulfide + hydrogen sulfide (B.  K. Baykov,  1963).

          The purpose of the present study was to  determine the  effects of
low acetone and acetophenone concentrations on the living organism.  Both
poisons attack principally the central nervous system. Considerable study
has been devoted to the toxicology of acetone (A.  Ye.  Yefremov,  1929; N. F.
Okuneva, 1930; I.  D. Mishenin,  1933; I. S.  Tsitovich, 1935; P.  M. Sukhov,
1935;  N.  V. Lazarev,  1954;  Yu.  G. Fel'dman, I960; Ch. Khadnan1 et al.,
1962;  and others), whereas the literature  on acetophenone is inadequate
(Laborde,  1885; S. S.  Kamenskiy, 1889; Friedman and Maase, 1910; N.  B.
Imasheva, 1963; et al.) and  deals with the effects of high toxic concentrations,
except the work of Fel'dman on  acetone and Imasheva on acetophenone which
deal with low concentrations under conditions of brief and chronic exposure.
No studies were found in the literature which  dealt with the combined effects
of acetone and acetophenone.

          M. I. Ol'shanskaya and V. V.  Likhacheva (1935) investigated the
combined effects of acetophenone  and benzene vapors on doves in concen-
trations  of 25,000  and 10,000 mg/m3.   The authors investigated the frac-
tional summation of the individual effects and found the most powerful mix-
ture to be 1:1.  T. A.  Shtessel' (1937) conducted 2- and 4-hr experiments
with white mice by administering to them combinations of acetone and methyl
alcohol,  acetone and ethyl ether,  acetone and toluene, and acetone and  ben-
zene and found that the principle of simple  summation prevailed in all cases.

                                  - I'ffff --'

-------
 The critical concentration of individual or combined substance were re-
 garded as the one which caused the experimental mice to assume a lying-
 down  lateral position.

           Nischiama and Isami (1957) noted intensification of the toxic ef-
 fects  of acetone and benzene,  and a leucocyte count drop to a greater de-
 gree than when the two are administered  individually.  The experiment be-
 gan by determining the threshold concentration of acetone and acetophenone
 odor perception individually and in combination.  Acetone was determined
 nephelometrically, the' sensitivity of  which was 1 microgram per 4.5 ml.
 Acetophenone was determined by a spectrometric method of O.Z5 micrograms
 per ml sensitivity.

           The odor perception threshold  concentration for acetone was
 determined  in 22 healthy persons aged 18-48 years, using the commonly
 accepted method (V. A. Ryazanov, K. A. Buahtuyeva, Yu.  V. Novikov,
 1957).  All told,  412 observations were made at concentrations of 2.0,  1.654,
 1, 481, 1. 096, and 0. 80 mg/m3 .  Results  summarized in Table 1 show that
 for the most sensitive test persons the threshold was  1.096, while  0. 80 was
 the highest subthreshold concentration.
                           Tibia  I
       DETERMINATION OF ACtTONE THRESHOLD OF
               ODOR PERCEPTION
No. of tost
person a
2
4
6
10
Mg/B^ of »c«toph«noo«
perc«pt i b 1 o
2,0
1,654
1,481
1.096
y»xiBil not
p«rc«pt ib le
1.654
1,481
1,096
0,80
                    Table 2
DETERMINATION OF THRESHOLD OF ACtTO-
    PHENONE ODOR PERCEPTION
_ - -
No. of leil
persons
B9/-3 of .c.topn.n.n.
Hininil
1
3 ,-
6
7
0,0251
0,0156
0,010
Maximal not
percept ib !•

0,0156
0,010
0,008
          In the present study four acetophenone concentrations were used
in 216 teats and 16 test persons.  Results presented in Table 2 agree with
those of Fel'dman,  who set the acetone threshold concentration at 1.1 mg/m3,
and Imasheva, who set the acetophenone threshold  concentration at 0.01
mg /m3 .

          Odor perception thresholds for mixtures of different concentra-
tions were investigated by conducting 265 tests on 16  persons.  A frac-
tional concentration summation index equaling 1.0 indicated simple sum-
mations between 1 and 2 indicated partial summation; less than 1 reflected
an increase in the order  of magnitude. Table 3 shows that the majority of
the test persons recognized the second mixture by  its odor (fractional con-
centration summation index - 1.03-1.26)  Only the most sensitive test per-
sons detected the third mixture (index = 1.01).
                                   -109 -~

-------
                                                       Ttblfe

                   DETERMINATION OF THRESHOLD ODOR PtRCEPTIOM Of ACETONE
                          AND ACETOPHENONE VAPOR COMBINED
                                    Mixture

Acetono («g/B-^)
Acetophenone (ag/n-^)
Fractional euaoation of
individual threshold
Nuober of teat persona
perceiving tha odor
Nunber of test persons
not percoivmg the odor
I
1.096
0,010
Or 1,06
0.0 2,0

16

—
II
0.711
0,0061
Or 1.03
Ao 1.26
-
12

4
III
0,565
0,005
1.01


5

ii
IV
0,348-0.711
0,004-0.0061
Or 0.67
AO 0.88

—

16
           Data in Table 3 also show that the minimum perceptible mixture
 is an acetone and  acetophenone concnetration of 0.565  + 0.005 mg/m3 con-
 centrations respectively, with a summation index of 1.01.  The mixture
 cannot be detected if the index is less than 1.  In other words, the effect
 of acetone and acetophenone is equal to the sum of their individual effects,
 a phenomenon applicable to less sensitive  test persons as well.

           The functional state of thfe central nervous system was  determined
 by the eye sensitivity to light method  as  indicated by eye adaptation to dark.
 This test is used widely in arriving at standards for atmospheric  pollutants,
 using physiological reflex reactions as indexes of effects of toxic  sub-
 stance concentrations not perceptible by odor but affect the physiological
 state of the cortex.  Results  of animal behavior tests with subthreehold
 pollutant concentrations were  reported by  V.A. Gofmekler (I960),  Yu.  G.
 Fel'dman (I960),  R.  Ubaydullayev (1961), and  others.

          In her studies of combined  effects  of sulfur dioxide and  sulfuric
 aerosol  acid, K.  A.  Bushtueva discovered the phenomenon of physiological
 summation: when these compounds were administered  simultaneously,  eye
 sensitivity to light enhanced to a degree, amounting to  a simple  summation
 of the  effects produced  by the two contaminants individually.

          B.  K. Baykov (1963) described the fractional summation phenom-
 enon in a study of the effects of combined carbon disulfide and hydrogen sul-
fide.   The 3  test persons who cooperated in this study were most percep-
tive to odors  ranging between 24 and 27 years of age.  The standard method
was used with which 42 tests were made using two mixtures of AC + AP,
mg/m3 :  0. 283 + 0. 005, and 0. 223 + 0. 0037,  corresponding to summation
concentration indices of 1.01 and 0.77, respectively. According to Fel'dman
 and Imasheva, threshold  concentrations of reflex  action of  acetone and  aceto-
phenone  on eye  sensitivity to light for the most sensitive testers were 0.55
and 0. 01 mg/m3 .   Only the first mixture index =  1. 01 was statistically signi-
cant,  and the reaction" of the subjects were quite different.  In one the
                                   ~J- no"-

-------
 sensitivity rose; in another it dropped; in the latter it rose at first during
 the 20th minute, then dropped  sharply during the 25th minute; by the end of
 the experiment, it returned to normal.  Table 4 presents  eye adaptation to
 light data for the three  test persons during the 20th minute.
            ADePTOMETHIC
                         RE;JJLTji
Toot person 'e
ini \ i a 1 o
b. P.
b= L.
YD. 1.
«9/«3
Acatone-
ecat ophenone
C 1 een a p r
0.283 + 0,005
0.223 + 0,0037
Clean air
0,283 + 0,005
0,223-- 0,0037
C Ixan air
0.283 -|- 0,005
0.223 -J 0,0037
Eye oenoi t iv i ty to
1 ight on the 20th
adaptation Binutt
81 175
103 060 (b)*
82 133 (o)
83 225"
1 1 1 000 (b)
82 133 (o)
95 550
74 175 (c)
90 003 (o)
 "Statistical reliability) b -
                          c - not reliable
                                                 The mixture of low ace-
                                         tone and acetophenone coneen-
                                         trations having a fractional con-
                                         centration summation under 0. 77
                                         proved physiologically inactive
                                         and elicited no statistically signi-
                                         ficant shifts  or changes, indicating
                                         that the principle of fractional con-
                                         centration summation also pre-
                                         vailed in adaptometric studies. The
                                         investigation included a study of
                                         the effect of  subthreshold acetone
                                         and acetophenone concentrations
                                         jointly  on the electrical cerebro-
                                         cortical activity by the alpha-
rhythm method (A.  D. Semenko, 1964).  A similar method has  been de-
scribed by U.  G.  Pogosyan and Yu. S. Korneyev. Tests were  conducted
with cooperation of three persons using a  "Galillo" polyphysiograph,  mak-
ing 62 readings.  Records  were made of the temporal and frontal biocur-
rents of both hemispheres  and their combination, and  of the central parietal
part of the left hemisphere.  A statistical plot was made of the temporal,
most sensitive data.  Here, as before, two acetone +  acetophenone mixtures
were tested (mg/m3):  0.22 + 0.0035,  and 0 .18 + 0 . 0027  in which the
F el'dm an and Imasheva thresholds were 0. 44 and 0.007 mg/m3 ,  respec-
tively, and which correspond  to fractional  concentrations  summation indices
of 1. 0  and 0.78.  The effect of each mixture was  tested 4' or more times
with regular intermittent clean air breathing intervals.

          The first mixture increased the  cerebral potential energy in two
test persons and decreased it in the third.  Statistically significant changes
appeared on the 3rd and 4th inhalation minutes.   Data  obtained  with the
second mixture did not differ  significantly  from those  with clean air, show-
ing that the principle  of simple fractional  concentrations summation also
operated in the case of subthreshold stimulation.  Accordingly, the frac-
tion summation index for the first acetone-acetophenone mixture of threshold
concentrations in terms of mg/m  should be computed as  follows:
0.22   0.0035
0.35 +  0.003
for the present mixture.
              = 0. 63 + 1.16 = 1. 79  and
0.18   0.0027
0.35 +  0.003
= 0.51 + 0.9 = 1.41
                                  '- 111 -

-------
          On the basis of the above data, it can be suggested that the
maximum concentration summation index of AC and AP in atmospheric air
should  not  exceed 1.5.

          The resorptive effects were studied using 45 white male rats
which •were divided into 3 equal groups  and exposed to chronic  inhalation
for 84 days.  The initial  weight of the rats  ranged between 80-100 g.  The
average concentrations of acetone .ind acetophenone in mg/m3  were as
follows:

    Group I--1. 855i£). 168; Group II--0.192±00197;  Group III- -Controls .

Indices of maximum allowable  concentrations for rats inhaling mixture 1
was 10. 9 and  rats inhaling mixture 2  was 1. 9-  Adjusting the Group II index
on the basis of the thresholds of individual components and results of most
sensitive EEG test persons  reduced the index to 0. 71.  Accordingly,  animals
of Group II  inhaled a subthreshold mixture  and  Group I inhaled a mixture
10 times as concentrated.

          Indices of effects in  this study were general condition and weight;
motor antagonist chronaxy;  cholinesterase  activity; rate of coproporphyrin
elimination; neutral 17-ketosteroids,  and Vitamin C elimination with the
urine; and  changes in absolute  eosinophile count in the peripheral blood.

          In the course of the inhalation experiment rats  in all groups were
active and  gained  weight  uniformly.  Yu. M. Uflyand (1941), A. N. Magnit-
skiy (1948)  and others found that there was  a direct relationship between the
functional state of the central nervous system and the motor chronaxy level.
Through subordinating relationships the former regulated the activity of
the peripheral nerve apparatus  and of the deeper  lying nerve centers.  The
subordinating brain effect is reflected in the constancy of normal extensors
and flexors chronaxy ratios of  1. 5:1,  2:1, and 2. 5:1.  Motor chronaxy was
checked in  5 rats  of each group 3 times  each month using an ISE-01 electron
pulse stimulator.   Statistically reliable ratio changes appeared in rate of
Group I beginning with the 4th week,  chiefly as a delay in the flexor chronaxy.
An inverse  ratio appeared at the beginning  of the  6th week, after which the
curve flattened out and returned to the physiological norm only during the
recovery period.  In rats of Group II no such distortions -were noted.  Group
I  changes can be interpreted as reflecting inhibition in the central nervous
system, involving  a complex system  of cortical and  subcortical subordina-
tion centers.   The presence of these  processes is confirmed by depression
of whole blood cholinesterase  activity of the test  animals.

           According to modern concepts,  stimulus transmission from a
 nerve to a  muscle involves the acetylcholin system,  i.e. , cholinesterase.

                                   -  112  -

-------
 Here  acetylcholin plays the part of mediator:  an excessive accumulation of
 it in the organism leads to reduced lability of nerve process and to develop-
 ment of inhibition (I. N. Volkova, 1954; D. Ye. Al'pern,  1963).

           Reductions in enzyme activity as a  result of prolonged exposure
 to various chemical compounds have been noted by several authors (N. B.
 Imasheva, 1963; V.  A.  Chizhikov, 1964; A. V. Mnatsskanyan, 1964; et al.).
 In this  study cholinesterase activity was determined by the J.  Fleischer
 aKid E.  P. Pope method (1954) based on changes in the intensity  of solution
 coloration as a result of changes in the amount of acetic acid formed during
 acetylcholin chloride hydrolysis.  Color intensity was determined photo-
 electrocolorimetrically.   Twice monthly,  5  rats  of each group had their
 cholinesterase activity checked by the usual tail vein method.
                                                 Curves in Fig. 1 show a
                                          significant reduction in enzyme
                                          activity which appeared by the end
                                          of the first month of inhalation in
                                          rats of Group I  and continued to
                                          the end of the second  month.  By
                                          the end of the inhalation period  a
                                          trend toward normalization had
                                          set in, but the level was still de-
                                          pressed  as compared with the con-
                                          trols.  Statistical reliability index
                                          of these  changes was  95-99 percent,,
                                          No statistically reliable changes
                                          were noted in rata of  Group II
                                          throughout experimental inhalations
                                          periods.
   2 100
      tS/II
                31/1   IS/11  JO/ft
               ln»ai ligtlion dale*
15/1
Fig. I .
       Blood ehaIinetteraaa activity cKtngee in rats
             of d>ff»r»nl groups
I  - Group I - Aceton* + ac» I opt>«non« of fractional »u«-
• •tion md«K 10.9; 2 - Grojp II - acetone + aoetoph«n-
orM of fractional  sunaiation ind«» I .2j  3 - Group
     Control,, AS - Period  o» inhalation
                                     III-
           Porphyrin metabolism was evaluated on the basis "of its excretion
rate with the urine.  A.  M.. Charnyy and Se.  E.  Krasovitskaya (1951) noted
a direct relationship bet-ween porphyrin metabolism and serious disturbances
in the  central nervous system.   The first author suggested that the porphy-
rins may participate in the redox processes of those parts of the brain in
which  cytochrome and cytochrome oxydase were missing.  Watson (1941)
established a relationship between rate of  porphyrin excretion from the
organism and erythropoetic activity in the bone marrow, and M.  I. Gusen
(I960)  -was first to introduce porphyrin metabolism  in his hygienic studies.
For 6  months the present author administered lead oxide to rabbits in a 10
microg/m3 concentration and discovered that the amount of  coproporphyriii
in the  urine  doubled  as compared with the  control animals.  Disturbed por-
phyrin metabolism has also been noted by  other authors engaged in chronic
administration of low concentrations of atmospheric pollutants (G. I. Solo-
min, 1962; D.  G.  Odoshashvili, 1962; V. A. Chizhikov,  1964; et al.).
                                   -  113 -

-------
The  present author used an SF-4 spectrophotometer In the UV region (M. L.
Gusev, and Yu. I. Smirnov, I960).   Twenty-four hour urine specimens had
been collected every 15 days from 5  mice in each group,  making 33 readings
--9 before, 18 during, and 6 after inhalation.  Analysis  of the results
showed that the combined effect of acetone and acetophenone in concentra-
tions of 1.855 and 0.0168 mg/m3 , respectively, caused a definite shift in
the  porphyrin metabolism of Group  I rats.
        ./1 OU 9 of body
   0.2-
   151IX 3/X  13/X  28/X 12/X/ 27/XI 12/XII 27/XII 21] 1
           Investigation data*         '

     2.  Rate of  coproporph/nn elimination
                                             Curves in Fig. 2 show that be-
                                     ginning with the 4th week of experi-
                                     mental inhalation, coproporphyrin
                                     metabolism  increased noticeably and
                                     rose to a statistically significant level
                                     during the second inhalation period
                                     (R = 0.95).  Rats of Group II exhibited
                                     no substantial deviations from the  con-
                                     trols .
                                             The hormonal system activity
                                 	encompassing the anterior lobe of the
 \hs urino of  rale Inhaling acetone + acetophen- ,      ,   ,      , .,    ,     ,        ,
             one vapor.               ' hypophysis and the  adrenal  cortex is
       Notations Sana as m Fi3. i.         regulated by the central nervous system
                                     through the hypothalmus .  High concen-
trations  of some chemical compounds elicited nonspecific response in this
system,  namely reduction in the absolute eosinophile count in the blood and
an increase in neutral 17-ketosteroids  in the urine (Ye. I. Spynu, 1962;
L. E.  Corn, 1963).  In this connection the present author attempted to find
nonspecific reactions as a  result of low acetone and acetophenone concen-
trations.   17-ketosteroids were determined by the  O. M. Uvarovakaya method
(1956)  with check tests made twice monthly for a tetal of 24  ta§Cs.
Curves in  Fig.  3  show that the 17-ketoateroid level dropped in rats of Group
I  during  the early days of the inhalation  and  sharply rose beginning with the
40th day.  During  this period the 17-ketosteroid level in the control group
was  6. 85 microg   per 100 g of body weight, while in rats of Group I it was
17.41,  a  rise that continued until the 70th day,  after which it returned to the
control levels.  These changes  were statistically reliable.

           The fluctuations in 17-ketosteroid content in rats  of Group II
did not differ substantially from those  of the control group.

           Eosinophile counts in the blood were made by the S. M. Bakman
(1958)  method.  Twice a month, at the  same hour of the day,  blood was taken
from 5 rats in each group; a total of 99 readings were made.  After 10 days
of inhalation the eosinophile count in rats of Group I dropped  somewhat,
apparently as a result of the initial reaction of the organism to acetone and
acetophenone (Fig. 4). It dropped sharply later to a lower  fluctuating level
                                   " - 114 ~-

-------
 which persisted to the end  of the inhalation experiment.  The  reliability in-
 dex of the drop was  0. 95.  The  osinophile count in rats of Group II approxi-
 mated that of the controls, although on the 55th day there was an increase
 that was not statistically reliable.   A. Ye. Kulakov (1965) also observed
 eosinopenia in animals chronically  receiving low concentrations  of hexa-
 methylenediamine.
                                              • - zoo •
   Uicrogr/l Ig of body vcight
          IS/f JO/lt H/XI 29/XI 13/XH 28/111 12/1  20/1
                Jnvcs11ya 11on datea
   Fig. 3.  Content of naulral  |7-k«to«tyroi d» in
      the urine of rtl» of diff«r«nt Groupi
         Notation* aaa* aa Fig. I.
   If/a  IS/1 31/t  It/Xl  30/n iS/tll  IS/I
       Dates of investigation
Fig. *J.  Actual  nuaiber of blood eoeino-
philai of rats axpoaaa to th» inhaliticn
of air containing aoiton* and aeetophe-
    non« «n lo« concent ratlona
    Motttion* aaa« aa m Fig. I.
           Thus, the investigations point to the high sensitivity of the
tests employed  and bring out the nonspecific organism reactions to unfavor-
able effects of atmospheric pollutants.   Records of vitamin C  elimination
rate through the experimental inhalation showed no statistical significant
changes; in other words,  the vitamin C  balance remained undisturbed.
Based on results of the foregoing teats it is recommended that 1.2 be
adopted  as  the maximum allowable fractional concentrations summation
index for acetone and acetophenone combination in atmospheric air.
However,  in view of the wide range of unknown values between the thresh-
old (10.9) and subthreshold  (1.2) concentrations  the Committee Section on
The Protection  of Air Cleanliness  resolved to set the average-daily allow-
able index  at the same level as the single-exposure,  iyz. , 1.5.
           In addition to above experiments with humans  and animals  a
survey was  made  of single acetone and acetophenone concentrations in
the air around a plant producing synthetic phenol and acetone,  taking 131
samples at 100 to  1000 m from the plant.

           Data in Table 5 show that at 100-300 m from the plant there was
considerable acetone air pollution: in 27 samples acetone concentrations
substantially exceeded the maximal allowable 0.35 mg/m3 .  Only at 500
m were all 24 samples negative for acetone.
                                  - 115  -

-------
                                                         liblt S
                         ACfTONt CONCENTRATION IN T*t *»H SUHHOUNBIIIU
                          PLAMTS WObUCIW PHENOL AKO ACtTONE
_
Molars f roo
discharge
point
100
300
500

No . of air
o*nplai
col lee tad
14
13
24
	 1 fc/.3
Air »»«plel
b«lo« oethod
aensi t i* i iy

—
24
V 9

-a.,..,
> 2,19
\ 0.7 14
v —

Average
1,41
0.415
—
           Data in Table 6 show that acetophenone was present in significant
 concentrations in samples collected at 100-500 m from the plant, the maxi-
 mum concentrations  exceeding the allowable maximum of 0.003  mg /m3 .  At
 500 m 46 percent of the samples exceed the allowable maximum.  Only at
 1000 m were all the air samples negative for acetophenone.
                                                       Table 6
                   SINGLE ACETOPHLNONE CONCENTRATIONS 11* ATHOiPHEH 1C AIR
                       AROUND PLANTS PROUUGIHS PtttSUL AND ACETONE

He tera f roro
di echirga
po int
100
300
500
1 000
Mi* f
no. or air
tiaples
col lictcd
M
17
26
25
- : = . 3
oample* b«- Mg/n
1 o* mmnt i-
tl¥ 1 t»
••Ihod
-
—
9
25

UaxUal
0.877
0,097
0,028
—
-
' Av«r«9*
0,258
0.057
0,007
	
           Accordingly,  the sanitary protection zone for thia type of manu-
facture must be not less than 1000 m wide.

                              CONCLUSIONS

           1.  On the basis  of odor perception threshold, the minimum per-
ceptable acetone and acetophenone concentrations individually should  be for
the most sensitive  persons, 1. 096 and 0. 01 mg/m3 ,  respectively.

           Z.  Where acetone and acetophenone are simultaneously present in
an air sample the intensity of their combined odors  is subject to simple
summation.
           3.  The reflex effect of acetone and acetophenone in simultaneous
combination on eye sensitivity to light and on electrical brain activity can
be expressed in terms of complete summation.

-------
          4.  Chronic 24-hour daily exposure of white rats to the inhalation
of air containing a mixture of acetone and acetophenone the fractional con-
centrations summation index of which is equal to 10. 9 will bring about func-
tional shifts in the organism of the experimental rats expressed as  a lower-
ing in the muscle  antagonist chronaxy control by the central nervous activity,
in the central control of cholinesterase  activity  of the blood,  will enhance
the rate of coproporphyrin elimination via the urine, and will give rise  to
many nonspecific  reactions originating in the kidney cortex, probably due
to increased 17-ketosteroid content in the urine  and  reduced number of
blood eosinophiles.  No physiological changes were noted in experimental
rats which inhaled air containing a mixture of acetone and acetophenone the
Bummation index of which was 1.2.

          5.  The maximal single and average  24-hour fractional concentra-
tions summation index  of acetone and acetophenone simultaneously preseat
in atmospheric air must not exceed 1.5.
                                 -  117

-------
   STUDIES IN THE  STANDARDIZATION  OF  MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
         HYDROGEN  FLUORIDE  CONCENTRATIONS  IN THE AIR
                         OF  INHABITED AREAS

                             M. S.  Sadilova

                 From the Sverdlovak Institute of Industrial
                    Hygiene and Occupational Dieeasea
          Many publications  appeared in the Soviet and foreign literature
which deal with toxicology of fluorine (F) and the clinical course of indus-
trial fluorosis (Ye.  Ya. Girskaya,  1959; et al.).  While the effects of F  on
drinking water have been given adequate treatment, the same cannot be  said
for small concentrations of F dumped into the air as a result of industrial
emissions.

          For the past several years this  author investigated the levels of
atmospheric pollution near aluminum and cryolite plants in the Urals,
particularly the zonal distribution of F  in the air at different heights (M. S.
Sadilova, 1958, 1959,  1964), accompanied by a survey of the health of chil-
dren who live in these areas.  In F-industry districts the  inhalation exhibit-
ed a general tendency toward illness and toward  diseases  of the respiratory
organs; the noted F-specific  diseases were mottling   the enamel of the
teeth,  and increased F secretion via the urine.   Children living near alumin-
um-producing plants had abnormally high F content in the bones.  These ob-
servations showed  that F in atmospheric air must  be  considered as  an.im-
portant factor in the pathology of the juvenile population (M. S.  Sadilova,
1957,  1962; A. F.  Aksyuk and G.  V. Bulychev, 1962).  The  continued growth
in the number of aluminum, cryolite, superphosphate, and  other similar
plants  made it imperative that the maximal allowable concentration of F in
the air  be established.

          S.  V. Miller  (1955) recommended such a level on the  basis of
calculations, starting from the maximum allowable concentration of F in
drinking water (1. 5  mg/1),  on the assumption that F compounds  in water
and air were toxic  in the same degree.   Taking 1.5-2 liters as the amount of
drinking water consumed per day and 15-20 cu m as the amount  of air  passing
through the lungs every 24  hours, Miller calculated that the F concentration
in air ought  not to exceed 0.15 mg /m3 .   Considering the fact that F  had  an
unfavorable  effect on living conditions in areas where industrial plants dis-
charged F,  Miller  recommended a maximal single concentration of 0.03
mg/m3 and an average 24-hour daily concentration of 0.01 mg/m3 .  This
recommendation was adopted.

                                     -  ITS'"--

-------
           The present author investigated the effects of hydrogen fluoride
 (HF),  which is  the moat  toxic compound contained in industrial discharges.
 The effects of HF and F-containing dust (individually and in combination)
 will be discussed later.   The odor perception threshold for HF was deter-
 mined experimentally by  a method commonly employed in the Soviet Union.
 Concentration constancy was checked by sampling the air before and  after
 a test.

           A total of 672 tests was made with 17 persons of normal odor per-
 ception.  Test concentrations of 0.02 to 0.22 mg/m3 were used, and results
 showed that the minimum perceptible concentration ranged between 0.03  and
 0. 11; for the majority of the subjects (10) the threshold was 0.03.  The
 subthreshold concentration was 0.02 mg/m3  (Table 1).
                                              T*bl9 I
                       DETERMINATION OF riYDHObtN FLUORIDt OOOR
                              THRESHOLD PERCEPTION
Teit
persons
1
1
2
3
10
No. of ob-
43
37
76
123 •
393 -
"9/-3
Threshold
0,111
0,106
0,052
0.042
0,030 '
Sublhreshold
0.051
0.054
0.042
0.032
0.020,
          A determination was made next of HF effects on the central ner-
vous system by way of the upper respiratory tracts.  Changes in eye sensi-
tivity to light were recorded in 3 test persons with normal vision.  Result-
ing concentrations were 0. 02, 0.03,  and 0. 06 mg/m3 . ' The latter two con-
centrations, and especially the last, produced a marked increase in light
sensitivity, while clean air and the lowest concentration proved  inactive.
These  results were statistically reliable. The light=sensitivity data for one
of the three test persons are presented in Fig. 1.

          Thus, the odor perception threshold and the threshold of reflex
action of HF on the functional state of the cerebral cortex,  as  recorded
by the  adaptometer method, were on the  same level,  viz.,  0.03  mg/m3.
The results clearly point to the fact that  HF belonged to substances having a
trigeminal effect.  Animals were  exposed to experimental inhalation of HF
unterruptedly for  5 months on specially constructed chambers.  Hydrofluoric
acid vapor in appropriate concentrations  in  air was run into the inhalation
chambers at the rate of 18 li/min.  The following HF  concentrations were
used in the tests:   0.10, 0.03, and 0. 01 mg/m3 . By using a 40 percent
hydrofluoric acid  as the stock solution, the  above HF- air mixtures could be

                                    - 119  -

-------
obtained by diluting the 40% etock solution according to the following ratios:
1:27,  1:500, and 1:40, 000,  respectively.  Air  samples from the chambers
were collected in a cylinder with a No. 2 ashless membrane filter and sub-
sequently passed through two consecutive absorbers containing twice-dis-
tilled water.  F content was determined by S, K. Chirkov's alizarin-thorium
method (1957), which has a. sensitivity of 0.001 mg/m.3 .  HF- concent rations
were checked 5 times  a day in chambers I and II, and 4 times  a day in chamber
III.  No significant fluctuations were observed.
                               10    IS    20   25   30
                 Fid*  I.  Eyo sensitivity to
                 wno inhaled clean air (I),  air contai
                 of hydrogen (lugrida   (?J, 0.03
                         ma/o-3 of hydroyen rlui
   in on* t«at pareoq
   '   "Y,9.°2-i/-?
U0r7b.  "'3ji
and a.06
            Each chamber  contained 19-22 white male rats 2 months old.  HF
 fluctuations were as follows (in mg/m3: Group I--0. lOiO. 002 j Group II--
 0. 03±0. 0001;  Group III--0. 01±0. 00009; Group IV--control.

            The F content in the rats' diet was standard:  wheat bread--0.13
 mg %; black bread--0.36 mg %; cabbage--0.17 mg %; oat grain--0.17 mg %;
 dry matter,  mild--0.14 mg/li.  The general condition,  weight, and state of
 peripheral blood were observed before  and during the experiment.  It was
 noted that during the first inhalation month a large  share of the Group II
 rats became  agitated,  attacked each other, and behaved aggressively toward
 the experimenter.   Afterwards they returned to normal behavior.  No changes
 in weight were observed.  Hemoglobin, erythrocytes,  reticulocytes, leuco-
 cytes, leucocyte formula of the peripheral blood did not substantially deviate
                                     - 120 - ~"

-------
 from the normal.  Special attention was given to the functional state of the
 central nervous system of the experimental animals, measuring it from the
 conditioned  reflexes and chronaxy.  We also utilized neurohistological
 methods.  These tests were run on  8-11 animals in each group.

           During the chronic experiments,  special attention was  paid to the
 functional state of the central nervous system which was  studied by the
 method of condition reflexes and motor chronaxy supplemented by neurohisto-
 logical studies. Rats in the Kotlyarev chamber were trained to two positive
 conditioned  reflexes,  a bell  and a  red light, and one negative, a buzzer.
 After the positive reflexes were established, a sterotype developed, con-
 sisting of  7  signals in a given order: bell,  light, light, bell,  buzzer, bell,
 light.   The effect of F on conditioned reflex activity was judged by the rate
 of reflex formation and reinforcement,  the number of correct responses, and
 *,be latency period duration.  In developing  the sterotype the state of differ-
 entiating inhibition, successive inhibition,  and the character of the strength
 correlations of the reflexes to stimuli of varying strength were taken into
 consideration.  The chronic  effects  of HF in the two lower concentrations
 were also  studied against a background of added functional  loading.

           The results showed that serious disturbances in conditioned reflex
 activity developed as  a result of HF  inhalation in 0.10 mg/m3  concentration
 such as delayed reinforcement of positive reflexes, inadequate reflex sta-
bility,  and prolonged latent period (Table 2).
                                       	      	T«b_!« 2
                  FORMATION AND STABILITY Of POSITIVE CGHDITIOHED REFltXtS IN
                  EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS EXPO&EO TO THE. INHALATION OF  HIUHOutt*
                                   FLUORIDE
Con en
in
•9/-3
0.10
0.03
_ 0,01
Con-
trol
••(•put
l»a. j«m»s
M±m
1 -
M-fm
(
M±m
t
M±m
6» 1 1
App»§r-|
• no*
of
r.f !••
4,2±0,5
1.6 (c)*
4,3±0.3
a,«(h)
3,3±0,1
l,6(o)
3.4±0,1
R«f la«
f •«•-
tion
15, 1 -t 2,9
3,6 (b)
9.5*2,3
?,l (*)
4,7±l,l
0,2 (o)
4,5±0.6
H.f U«
fill-
out
in I
6,3±0,8
5,7 (C)
5,5-MJ
2,3 (a)
1,3±0,4
0,2 (o)
1.4±0,3
LigKt
R.Tli* 1 ""•« '•»
ipp«ir-j f >»•-
•"«• | lion
5,7±0.8
4, 1 (c)
3.9±0.-l
2,3 (a)
2,4±0,2
0 (o)
2,4±0.2
38,1±7,6
4,3 (c)
11.3-4,5
1.5 (o)
4,3±1,0
0,1 (o)
4,5±0,9
q«ri««
fill-
out
in \
17,0±1,5
9.8 (c)
W±l,0
<-0 (b)
1.8±0,4
0,6 (o)
2.1±0.3
                         ralnbilityi  » _ 95>» b - S^li o  - 99.9J
                                      "-'121  -

-------
           In developing the stereotype in the experimental rats there
appeared instances of successive inhibition and disinhibition of the dif-
ferentiation in comparison with the groups of rats subjected to lower con-
centrations  and  with the controls.   The force of the  conditioned reflexes
stimulation  and  response  reaction lost its impact as shown by the appear-
ance of compensating  and paradoxical phases.

                                                       Tab IB 3
               HYDROGEN FLUORIDE EFFECT ON CONDITIONED"REFLEX ACTIVITY OF
               MENTAL ANIMALS IN THE COURit OF FOrtlAMON AND FIXATION OF CONCI-
                              TIONED REFLEXES
lnde»e»
.•tent period in
response to bel 1
n reaponM to
1 >ghl
Jisturbed Force
rat i on
Equal i /ing
phaae
ParadoH toal
phase
Rgf lax fall out
(n response to
sound of ba 1 1
In reaponae to
1 lyht f laeh
Sequent i • 1
inh i b i t 1 on
In response to
sound at boll
o f lash of
light
SUtia-
t ical
Inderne*
M t m
t
M± ra '
(

M ± m
I
M -t m
t

M + m
M ± m
I
M +m
t
M + m
I
Concentration in my/m
0,10
1,37 ±
0,03
16.7 (c)*
2,09±
0,05
M.5 (c)
.
3,3 ± [,8
1,3 (o)
6,3+1,40
4,5 (c)

3,0 + 0,45
6,6 (c)
13, 0±1. 2
10,4 (c)
23,3 +
. 4,02
5,7 (c)
31,0 + 5,
5.9 (c,
0,03
0,63 ±
0,04
2,0(o)
1,38 +
0,03
0,7(o)
-
3,0± 0,9
l,0(o)
2,7 + 0,9
3.0 (b)

Her
2,6 + 2,6
3.6 (b)
13,3 ±
3,3
3,9 (c)
17,7 +
4,7
3.3 (b)
0,01
0,69 ±
0,02
1 , 1 (o)
1,49±
0,03
1,8 (o)

Nona
Mono

0.11 ±
0,1
1.1 (o)
0,33 -
0, 18
0.1 (o)
0,33 ±
0, 18
0,6 (o)
0,77 ±
0 29
0,32 (o)
Controls
0,65 ±
0,03
1. 41 i
0,03

.8 ±0.7
No**

None
0,36 +
0.12
0,1±0,13
0,9± 0,3
                    "Statistical reliabilityi  a - 954; b - 99|j c -

               o —  unreltable
            Changes  in conditioned reflex activity were also noted in rats
 which inhaled 0.03  mg/m3  concentration of HF,  especially in the presence
 of functional load under  such conditions there appeared an increase in the
 number of conditioned reflex fall outs and in the number of successive

-------
inhibition cases.  The 0.01 mg/m3  HF concentration elicited no changes in
conditioned reflex activity.

           At the end of the month's recovery period the conditioned reflex
activity of Group I rats somewhat improved but remained different from the
controls,  while that of Group II returned to normal.  Results of muscle
antagonist chronaxy studies are presented graphically in Fig. 2.
                     S
                     L
                     C.
                                      m
ao/s
0.010
nnnc

•



-«•— T-
1 1 1 1 1
f
f
	 2
i i
0010
/? nnf
UOtJJ
_ .^-s^ ^

1 I 1 1 1 L 1_
                             /   2   3   4
                             Observation  I i»a in
                    Fig. 2. Huicli int«goni»t» c*w-«na»y  m r»t» during
                    lh« inhilalion of tir containing hydroyvn fluorio* in
                           iniBtli of  Groups I, ll. III, ind IV.
                                 I -  •Bt«ntors| 2 - f l«»or»
                                 AB - lnhal«tiofl p«riod
           For rats of Groups III and IV the central nervous system control
functions remained within normal limits.  In rats  of Groups I and II changes
appeared immediately in the form of delayed response  and as compensation,
and inverse antagonist chronaxy ratio.  Chronaxy  delay was especially char-
acteristic of the extensors (38.4 percent of cases  as  against 30. 8 for the
flexors).  These  results were statistically reliable.

                                    - 123 -  •-

-------
          These changes in the central nervous system activity indicated
profound inhibition involving the complex system of cortical and subcortical
control centers.  Rats of Groups 1 and II also exhibited statistically reli-
able depressed  cholinesterase activity,  an enzyme which transmits  nerve
stimulation.

          The neurohistological examination of the  brain,  conducted by O.K.
Shturkina of the Sverdlovsk Medical Institute, centered on  the motor and sen-
sory analyzers, mainly the snapses and the  state of the nerve cells.  Rate
of Group I showed hyperemia of the  membrane capillaries  and of the brain
matter, perivascular edema, thickening of the dendritee with formation of
moniliform distensions, and disappearance of protoplasmic spines.   The
nerve cells suffered structural changes: uneven coloration of the Nissel sub-
stance, partial  lysis thereof, and thickening, swelling, and shriveling  of the
protoplasm.   In some nerve  cells the nuclei had disappeared and neurono-
phagia appeared.  During  a 3-month recovery several changes  of a compen-
satory nature were  observed: destructive changes in the nerve cells were
less pronounced,  and the spines on the dendrites became less clear.  This
process was  not fully compensated,  because profound destructive changes
were found in individual nerve cells with dead nuclei.  It is understandable
why recovery was incomplete in rats of Group I; the damage to their ner-
vous activity was  more than  functional in its effect.

          De  Eds (1936), Roholm (1937),  Thomas,  Wilson, De Eds (1935) are
of the opinion that changes in bone tissue, characteristic for fluorosis,
are the result of impaired  calcium phosphate metabolism brought about by
fluoride inhibition of the enzyme  phosphates. They suggested that this
enzyme participated in the processes of bone formation by liberating inor-
ganic phosphorus  from phosphoric acid esters;  the former, by joining a
bond with calcium ions, forms  calcium phosphate, which is essential for
building bone  tissues.  Roholm (1937) attached basic importance to alkaline
phosphatase in these processes.  However,  the literature  on the  effects of
F  on phosphatase  activity  presented contradictory data.  The present in-
vestigation of alkaline phosphatase was conducted -with 6 rate from each
group.  Its activity  was determined by the method of G. K. Shlygin and S. Ya.
Mikhlin.   After an  initial rise  in enzyme activity among rats of Groups I
and II the level  dropped; the  Group III level did  not differ from that of the
controls.

          Despite fluctuations in alkaline phosphatase activity at times
during inhalation, the  inorganic phosphorus  concentration  in the blood was
constant and did not exceed normal  limits.   This is probably related to the
fact that phosphatase activity is not the only factor which supported the
phosphorus level.  Even in a healthy organism this  activity was not at a
constant intensity level, while inorganic-phosphorus concentration varied
within narrow limits.  Probably the mechanism responsible for this  latter

                                    - "12"4 -

-------
circumstance  is complex and diverse.  It has been established that phosphates
migrated directly from the bone source to the blood immediately as the inor-
ganic phosphorus  concentration of the latter dropped to a lower level.

          References in the literature indicated that oseeua-phosphatase
activity in rate decreased under the effects of F; therefore,  its activity
in the experimental animals was checked after experimental inhalation was
discontinued.  The method of A. Bogdanskiy, with slight modifications
by Ye. P.  Yeremin and Z. A. Kasparaekaya (1950) was used to determine
this  activity in the tibia of 6-11 rats from each Group.  The 3 HF concentra-
tions produced no changes.
                                        _,       _     Tibl»
                     UdTTLINu OF DENTAi. ENAMEL IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS

NO. Or
atptl .
1 m c 1
I a B I
tniul •


19




20



-
22



-

Extent of d«»»ga
1
•
Group 1
Vary tliyht
Slight
Madiua
COOBI derib la
Group 1 1
Vary Blight
blight
Hediu*
ConB idartb 1 a
Group 1 1 1
Very slight
Si ight
Madiua
Considerable
Month* of aipoiur*
•
1
2
3
4 \ 5
Nuebar of mini* nth aottled
taath

, I
1





-

-
i




9
4
2

'

J
.

'

.

—

2
2
15


2
2









2
17


2
6





9

-


19


4
7



2



          From the time that the clinical  symptoms of fluorosis became
known,  it was necessary to assume that one of its early  signs was mottling
of dental enamel.   A four-point system (Table 4) to evaluate tooth damage
was used in this study.  Observations confirmed that mottling was in fact
an early specific sign of F-caused  morphological changes.  In white rats
the color of healthy teeth is yellowish, the teeth gleam and  are  reminescent
of amber.  The teeth of five of the  Group I rats  after only a month's experi-
mental inhalation became transparent, whitened, and lusterless.  The
severity of the damage increased as experimental inhalation continued,  and
by the end of the 5th month all rats had experienced  some damage:  the upper
and lower front teeth looked like marble, were coarse and streaked, and
worn  down.   In  rats of Group II these changes were less  pronounced and  oc-
                                 - 125 -

-------
curred later.

          At the end of the inhalation period, enamel erosion and prism
damage were discovered in Groups I and II,  which also exhibited certain
changes  in bone tissue.  Rats of Group I developed stenosis of the meduallary
canal of  the tubular bones, while the contours of the periostitis  were uneven.
In the  pelvic bones there was damage to Haversian system structure,  osteo-
cyte lysis,  and in the periosteum region there appeared focal resorption of
the bone matter with connective tissue proliferation.  Bone lime had accumu-
lated nonuniformly.  Changes in rats of Group II were less  severe and were
localized primarily in the lumbar  region of the  backbone and in  the bones of
the pelvis.  Also noted were  periostal unevenness, focal disorganization of
the Haversian system, and nonuniform lime deposits.   The chantes found in
teeth and bone tissue  are incontrovertible  evidence of impairment of calcium
phosphate metabolism as a result  of HF inhalation.

          G. Khristiani ascribed considerable significance to the level of
F deposits in the skeleton and suggested that increased F content in the
bones  is a symptom and diagnostic factor in the early recognition of F-in-
toxication.  He also assumed that  the severity of bone changes depended
on the  degree of F  deposition.  The present  author examined 6 rats from each
group  after inhalation was discontinued to  determine F  deposition in the
teeth and in the femur.  The  teeth and bones were carefully freed of their
soft tissue, dried to a constant weight, and pulverized.  0.03 g  of the powder
material was calcined and dissolved in 3 drops  of hydrochloric  acid solution,
passed   through an ion-exchange column  with  anionite AV-17.  The amount
of F elicited from the column was determined by the alizarintolyl method.
Examination showed that HF concentrations of  0.10 and 0.03 mg/m3 caused
F to accumulate in the organism,  thus confirming results of Christiani's
experiment.  (See  Table 5,  page  128).

           F content in the urine was determined by  an ion-exchange chroma-
tographic method first used for such investigations in the United States
(Harold,  Nielsen,  Logan, Utan, I960; Talvitie, Brewer).  All groups exhib-
ited a substantially higher level of F in the urine than did the controls be-
ginning with the Znd month and lasting to the end of the experimental inhala-
tion period.  It is  of interest to note that in spite of  Its high excretion level,
F also accumulated in the bones.

           Histological examination of the  internal organs of the Group I
rats after termination of the experimental inhalation,  the upper respiratory
paths  showed severe epithilial desquamation, vascular hyperemis, and focal
inflammatory lymphocytic, leucocytic,  and histiocytic infiltration. Varying
degrees of severe focal  inflammation of the mucous membrane  of the nose
appeared in all animals, as well as bronchitis  and peribronchitis .  There
was hyperemia of  the pulmonary and 2 cases of 5 focal pneumonia was noted.
                                     - 126 -  "

-------
                                                    Tiblt 4
            FLUORIDE CONTENT IN  DENTAL AND bONE HijSUti OF EiHEHIMtNTAL
Aniail
group
1
11
III
Control
f««th 1 Thi9hbon«
M±m
IIO,5±5,60
18,2±1,20
15,2±2,I4
12,2±0,98
1 1 M±m | 1
17.27 (c)*
3.87 (b)
1,27 (o)

121,3 + 8,70
51,4f3,20
28,9 + 2,83
23,3 + 4.0
9.57 (c)
5.12 (c)
I.M (o)

                 •St«ti»ticil rvlitbilityi  b - 99J| c - 99.Mj 0 - Hot r«li»bl«

Protein and aliphatic dystrophy were discovered in the liverj  in the kidneys,,
protein dystrophy and increased permeability of the arterioles were seen.
Plethora was observed in the vessels of the red spleen pulp, while reduction
in some lymphoidal follicles and hyperplasia of the reticular cells was found
in the white pulp.  The walls of the central artery of the  spleen had thicken-
ed as  a result of plasmatic  impregnation.  Myocardial  change was expressed
aa disappearance of transverse striation and disjunction  of the myofibrilles .

           The changes in rats of Group II were less pronounced.  The nasal
mucous membrane was thinner in places, the cell structure could not  be
clearly delineated,  while in some cases, epithelial proliferation was ob-
served.  Hypersecretion and desqramation of the epithelium were observed
in the bronchi.  Plethora was found in the lungs and parenchymatous organs.

           No hietological changes were found in rats of Group III.

                             CONCLUSIONS

           1.  The odor perception threshold and the threshold of reflex
action of HF in the human organism (the latter established by adaptation
to the dark)  are both 0.03 mg/m3 .

           2.  Five-month experimental inhalation HF in  concentrations
of 0.10 and 0.03 mg/m  produced many changes in warm-blooded animals:

              a.  inhibition in the central nervous system, the higher
concentration leading to irreversible destructive changes in the nerve
cells;

              b.  a  change in calcium phosphate metabolism;

              c.  F accumulation in the bones; and

              d.  histomorphological changes in teeth,  bones, and internal

                                   -.127--

-------
organs.

          3.  The extent of the changes varied with the HF concentration in
the inhaled air.

          4.  An HF concentration of 0.01 mg/m3 produced no changes in the
experimental  animals.

          5.  The investigation had shown that:

              a.  an HF concentration of 0.15 mg/m cannot be regarded as
threshold of odor perceptive concentrations;

              b.  An HF  concentration of 0.03 mg/m3 cannot be taken for
the maximum allowable single-exposure concentration;

              c.  the maximum single-exposure  concentration of HF must
not exceed 0. 02 mg/m3 .
   EXPERIMENTAL BASIS FOR  THE DETERMINATION OF  MAXIMUM
             ALLOWABLE  CONCENTRATION  OF  VANADIUM
                   PENTOXIDE IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR

                            V. M.  Pazynich

                 From the Department of General Hygiene
                     Dnepropetrovsk Medical Institute
          Air pollution by vanadium pentoxide aerosol (VPO) is caused by a
variety of technological processes used in several branches of the national
economy.  The  most significant of these is the metallurgical industry,  where
ferro-vanadium and VPO  are used as additives  in producing alloy steels.
Because VPO has a comparatively low  melting point (675° C),  its vapors es-
cape into the air and in the form of an aerosol the particles of which run in
size of up to 2 microns (I. V. Roshchin, 1952, 1963).  Therefore, vanadium
pentoxide pollution can affect not only industrical premises but also the
atmosphere, along with other stack emissions.   Vanadium pentoxide aerosol
can pollute the  air as a result of stack  discharges omitted by boiler plants
and other systems operating on coal.  The lower-grade coals have a high ash
content.  According to V. A. Nazarenko (1937),  the VPO content of ash in coal

                                 - 1Z-8—

-------
 and lignite ranges between 0.44 x 10 "  and 9-3 xlCf a percent.  In petroleum
 fly aeh, particularly petroleum with a high sulfur content, VPO content
 ranges between 5 to 17 percent (I. V. Roehchin, 1962; it can also  be found
 in aome of the heavy refining products,  such aa lubricant ash, where its con-
 tent may run from 0. 5 to 40  percent (Yu.  P.  Pal'teev,  1964).  Thus, oil-
 fueled heating installations and diesel motors can pollute the air through
 their stack emissions and tailpipe discharges (Morette, 1959).

           The metal industry development, the construction of powerful
 thermo-electric stations, the growth of diesel-powered bus fleets in the
 cities,  etc., are probable sources of atmospheric pollution by VPO.

           Many investigators called attention to this  fact in the past few
 years.   Cholak, et al. (1952) found up to 0.2  micrograms of vanadium per
 cubic meter of air in Cincinnati and its  environs.  Morette  (1959)  found  11
 to 1922 micrograms per gram of street  dust in Paris.  Dohan (1961) dis-
 covered  in the air of five American cities vanadium  concentrations of 0. 2
 to 1.2 mg/m3 .  The present  author  conducted studies in 1963-1964 in the
 proximity of some large metallurgical plants  and found vanadium in the
 atmospheric air in 87 percent of the samples; vanadium pentoxide concen-
 trations were  as follows:

          Distance from Source           Micrograms  of Vanadium
           of Emission,  meters            Per Cubic Meter of Air

                    150                            1.49*0.25
                    500                           0.47±0.09
                   1000                           0.35±0.39
                   1500                           0.98±0.13

          In eleven percent of the positive samples VPO concentrations  rose
to 2  mg/m3 .  According to data found in the literature,  vanadium (and par-
ticularly its pentoxide) is  not indifferent to the organism, causing irritation
of the respiratory paths, acute and chronic inflammation of the upper res-
piratory tract, and lung changes (I.  V.  Roshchin,  1962; Ye.  I. Matantaeva,
1960; Kh. G. Gul'ko, 1951; Dutton, 1911; et  al.).  In addition,  vanadium and
its compounds  have negatively affected the nervous system (Ye. A. Mel1-
nikova,  1957; K. P. Selyankina,  1961;!.  V. Roshchin, 1963)  Dutton,  1911;
et al.),  the blood (Kh. G.  Gul'ko,  1951; Symanski,  1939; et al.), hemo-
dynamica (I. V. Roahchin, 1952), and metabolism (T. A.  Prokopenko, 1958;
Lewis,  1959; et al.).  Many authors  have also noted changes  in some internal
organs (Ya. B.  Reznik,  1954; Molfino, 1939; et al.).  According to Franke
and Moxson (1936,  1937) chronic exposure  to vanadium compounds elicited
more toxic  symptoms in the organism than exposure to  arsenic.

                                 ---129"-"   ""

-------
          In addition, vanadium compounds in atmospheric air can act as
catalyzers of sulfur dioxide present in the air  and convert it to sulfuric
acid aerosol (Tomas, 1959), which,  according to K. A.  Bushtuyeva (1961),
possessed more irritating properties than the  initial sulfurous anhydride.
All this points to the fact that vanadium and its compounds  are important
components of air pollution  and should be taken into account by the munici-
pal departments of hygiene.

          Among the various compounds,  the most important  is pent-
oxide, which is one of the most toxic vanadium compounds  (I.  V. Roshchin;
1952, 1963) it is volatile, can enter the atmosphere in relatively large
qxiantities and  at greater frequency than others.  Therefore,  at the recom-
mendation of the Committee on Sanitary Protection of the Air,  a study was
initiated to establish a hygienic basis for  the determination of the maximum
average-daily  concentration of VPO in atmospheric  air.  In this connection
a study was conducted in the summer of 1964 in which 33 rats  weighing 110 -
130 g were exposed to the inhalation of vanadium pentoxlde  continuously for
70 days.  The  VPO concentration for rats  of Group I was 0. 027±0. 002
mg/m3 , which is 3. 7 times  below the maximum concentration permitted
in industrial premises (0.1 mg/m3).  In rats of Group II it was 0. 002±0. 00013
mg/m3 , i.e.,  close  to the concentrations  found in the air around metallur-
gical plants that were not using vanadium for special purposes.  Rats of
Group III served as controls.  Air was run into the three exposure chambers
of 100 liters capacity at  the  rate of 30-30  li/min,  assuring  adequate  air ven-
tilation (V. A. Popov, 1964).

          Vanadium  pentoxide is most frequently encountered in air in the
form of a condensate.  Therefore,  it was melted in a tubular furnace to
generate the aerosol. The furnace temperature was stabilized at 800° C
with a specially designed thermostat to assure a constant rate of evaporation.
The  finely dispersed aerosol •was fed into the chambers by  pumping air into
the furnace  at  a rate of  2. 5-3 li/min.  This set-up was  kept apart from
the animal exposure  chambers to prevent its noise from disturbing the ex-
perimental rats.

          Eighteen air samples  were collected from the chambers in the
course of the inhalation period by using AFA-KhA filters which were de-
composed in  a mixture  of concentrated nitric  and sulfuric  acids.  An FEK-M
photoelectric colorimeter was used  for the determination of VPO according
to the method of M. V.  Nifontova (I960).  The  experimental results were pro-
cessed statistically.   The rats' condition before,  during, and  after experi-
mental inhalation was recorded on the basis  of their  general condition, body
weight, motor chronaxy of the antagonist muscles, blood cholinesterase
activity, total  protein, blood serum protein fractions,  oxyhemoglobin in
venous blood,  and luminescence of blood leucocytes.  At the end of the in-

                                  - 130  -

-------
halation period rate of oxygen absorption in granulated liver tissue was
determined by a Warburg device; a pathohietological examination of
some internal organs  was also made.  During the inhalation period rats of
all three groups gained weight  and were active.

          Motor chronaxy of muscle antagonists was included because V. A.
Ryazanov (1961) has shown it to be a sensitive test in determining maximum
allowable concentrations of  toxic substances.  AnISE-OL electrol pulse
stimulator was applied every 10 days,  under identical conditions, to the
right hind shin.  Data in Table 1 show  that in  rats of Group II chronaxy
remained unaffected,  but in rats of Group I substantial changes occurred
during inhalation,  such as a statistically reliable drop in extensor chronaxy
(0. 8 microsec on the average)  and a more noticeable increase in flexor
chronaxy (4 microsec).   Even more striking was the change in chronaxy
ratio of the antagonists in rats  of Group I.  As data in the Table show,  an
inhibitory process  developed in the central nervous system  on the 20th day,
which as a result of the altered control function of the central nervous
system on the periphery  (Yu. M. Uflyand, 1941) appeared in the form of
flexor and  extensor chronaxy equalization.  This process had become ag-
gravated on the 30th day  developing an inverse ratio which persisted to the
end of the inhalation period.  After 20  days of restoration the motor chro-
naxies, and the ratio between them, returned to  their normal levels.

         . Vanadium pentoxide  effect on the nervous system, known from the
literature and confirmed by the chronaxy tests reported above, was the basis
for determining cholinesterase activity, the regulation of which is largely
a function of the nervous  system, particularly of the cerebral cortex (D.
Ye. Al'pern,  1958, 1963). The assumption here  is that if VPO affects the
central nervous system,  the change might show up in the blood cholinesterase
activity.

          The method of Hestrin (1951) was used to  determine gammas  of
acetylcholin  in cholinesterase decomposition per minute.  The  results are
summarized in Table  2.

          Only rats of Group I  manifested statistically reliable decrease
in cholinesterase activity, which lasted through the restoration period.
The other two groups  exhibited no statistically reliable changes during
any of the 10-day periods.  Total protein and protein-fractions  in the
blood serum were  also determined.

          Administering vanadium to the animal organism caused a drop in
the rate  of protein  synthesis (Snyder,  Cornatzer, 1958) and  an increase in
serum gamma-globulin (Joya, 1958).   We used the  micromethod  of Kjel'dhal
to determine total blood serum protein in terms  of gram-percent. Results
are presented in Table 3.        _ ,.,,

-------
                                                                                                                               Table I
U>
Nl
                             MUSCLE  ANTAGONISTS MOTOR CHRONAXT  IN SATS DURING  VANADIUM  PENTOXIDE  INHALATION PErflOD
1
01 3
a o
- L

Chroni»)r
of
• »0

In »«e.

i
roouy
f
• t«nw>n
!•• in LL
MC.
1
• t 10 !
mds*«B [
of
f laxorc
to
•MtCfl-
,ior«
(X 100)

I
II

111

I

II

HI

I
II

in


1 a
- ro M
+-* u u
fO — t»
*-, +J C
JO

Mxm
M ± in

MT HI

M+m

M+.m

M±m

M+m
M±ni

M + m


Tan day p»riodB of invest "9« lion
before inhalttion
1

31, OT
l,73(o)
24, 7±
3,51 (o)
28,, 0±
2,31
50, 0±
3,21 (o)
41,7 +
4.25(0)
43, 0±
1.73
63 +
0,89 (o)
61 +
2,41(o)
65 +
2,31

2

31, 7±
5,24(o)
26, 7±
4,25(o)
32, 0±
4.00
55.0 +
7 , 55 (o)
49,3 +
5,46(o)
45,7 +
3,93
62 +
l,73(o)
60 +
5,l3(o)
70 +_
3.53"

During inhilatron per p oa
1
2
i
35, 3 ±-
7,80(o)
28,3 +
4,91 (o)
23,3 +
2,73
39,7 +
7 , 06 (o)
45,0 +
7,77(o)
38,0 +
\4,5l
86 +
5,00(b)
64 +
6,90(o)

60+1.86
'
45,7 +
3,29(5)
34,7 +
7,84(o)
30,0 +
0.5S
45,0 +
3,79(o)

1 1', llo)
45, 3±
1.67
108 +
9, 40 (a)
60±
3 , 48 (o)

662f.2.70
- "
3

74,3 +
l,34(c)
30. 3-^
4,06(c)
32, 3J
3.67
44,3 +
5,55(o)
4fl,0i:
6,03(o)
49,0 +
3,21
172 +
19. 7 (b)
63±
4,06(o)
-66±
4.10

Ten d«y period of invea 1 1 gt I 'on
During inhalation period
4

' 78.3 +
7,69 (b)
26,7 +
3,18 (o)

33,3+0.89
41,0+ •
5,13 (o)
43,7 +
5,24 (o)
51.3+0,89

193 ±14. 5 (c)
63 +
5.70(o)
65+0.55


5

74,7 +
9,94 (a)
24.3-1-
3,67 (o)

31,0+1 ,00
27,7 +
3,85 (a)
41,7 +
8,11 (o)
49,0±3,79

270 +
30,0 (b)
60±
4.40 (o)
64 + 3,18

-
6

94,0 +
2,51 (c)
23,7 +
3,18 (o)

30,3+0,34
33,7 +
6,33 (o)
41,0 +
3,21 (o)
48,7+1 ,76

293 +
40,0 (b)
58 +
4,20 (o)
63+4,50


7

88,3 +
5,37(c)
24,0 +
3,61(o)
29,3 +
1,76
34,7 +
6,20 (o)
41,3 +
3,33(o)
46, OT
2,80
263 +
3I,8(b)
59 +
4,40(o)
64+1,53

-
Recovery period
1

38,5 +
0,50(a)
22 7 +
3,51(o)
32,5 +
0,50
34 .O-1-
7,00(o)
40,0 +
8,00(o)
48,7 +
4,51
118 +
72,0(o)
57 +
3.00(o)
68-5,50


2

32,5-;
l,50(o)
20 , 5 :
l,50(o)
29,5^
1 ,50
SI ,7-1
3,51 (o)
35,0 +
4,00
44.3 +
1.53
63 +
1 .00 (o)
61 +
10,0(o)
66+1,00.


            Notci   i,t»tiolic«l  ralnbilityi
                                                      b -
                                                                          0 -
                                                                                   rB''«bl«

-------
                    faLOOO CHOUNESTERASt ACTIVITY IN HAli IN GAMHA6 OF
                   ACETYLCHOLIM HYDROLtiED «H I )U. Of BLOOD PER MINUTE  )
Perpod
EcTore
inhil it ion
During
inhtl at i on
R e c o* • ry
Slilit-
tictl
M± m
M ± m

M ± m
M««l gr^i*
{
1
120. 0±7, 20(o)*
98, 1 ±4, 95 (a)

84,0±4,62(a)
M
12l,7±7,45(o)
H9,4±3.33(o)

104,8±3,95(o)
III Control
Group
127,7^3,13
119,r±5,53

100,0±6.77
                pan od
                  •SUtnticil r«l iibill tyi  • - 95I| 0 - Mot r»li,bl«
                                                          Tibia 3
                      TOTAL til03U PROTEIN CHANdEb IP) fHITE RATi DURINU PERIOCi
                              OF  VANALJIUH PLNTOXIOE IHHALATION

fariod
b»For«
mhtlat ion
Dvrina
inh»r»tion
S tB I 1 • —
Lie*)
ind«>«*
M ± m
M ± m
^,

l
6,OOiO,15(o)*
6,l7±0,03(b)
AniB«l group*
ll
4.80±0,73(o)
6,67±0,53(o)

1 1 1 Control
Group
5.75±0,00
6,65±0,05
                   •Statistical roli.b.lityi  b -
                                              0 - Not r«li«bl«
           It was established that after 40 days of inhalation the seriim pro-
tein in rats of Group I was virtually at the same  level as before the  experi-
mental  inhalation,  while in rats  of Groups II and III (controls)  there was  an
increase incident to the normal growth of the organism. S. D. Balakhovskiy
and I. S. Balakhovskiy (1953) are of the opinion that total blood protein in
young rats constituted 4. 8% of their body weight  and 7. 2%  in mature rats.
In other words, VPO  inhalation inhibited protein synthesis  in rats of Group I0
the difference from the  controls being statistically reliable.

           Blood serum  protein fractions were determined  by the  method of
paper electrophoresis .  Results are summarized in Table  4.

           The  albumin/globulin index remained relatively  constant.  Protein
fractions did not differ significantly from those of the controls, whereas in
rats of Group I  there  was a statistically reliable increase  in globulin by the
40th day of inhalation, accompanied by a reliable globulin  decrease,

           The  method of luminescent microscopy of leucocytes with vital
staining of the  specimens had been used in establishing maximum tolerable
toxic concentrations of air pollutants (M.  I.  Gusev, K.  N.   Chelikanov, 1963).
                                 ~ - 133----

-------
                                                     Ttblt
                  PROTEIN FRACTION CONTENT IN BLOOD bEHUi OF HATS IM
Obeer-
vat ion
period

Before
inha 1 -
» 1 1 on
exposure




.
Inhala t ion
e«poBure




.


Recover/
t-er iod

•







Protein
f raot ion*
A Ibumns

a - , '-
gl obul ine
-
P -
gloou 1 ins
y .
glocul me
AIU/
glob.
co.ff .
Albunmt
ry -
„ globulins
P _
g 1 obul me
y _
g 1 obul in*
Alb./
"'**•/
jlob .
3 t wv ej
coaff .
A 1 bun in I
fy -
g [Qbul mi
AID./
glob.
cotff .
^
tical
At + m

M + m

M ± m

M ± m

M ± m
M ± m
M± m

M ± m

M± m


M ± m
M± m

M± m

M ± m
V - M + m
g 1 obul in*
Alb./
ylob.
coeff .






M ± m

Aniatl group

41, 9±
1 , 10 (o)
24,4 ±
2,l2(o)

21,0±
1 ,21 (o)
12,5 ±
l,16(o)
0.72± K-
0,03(o)
39. 8±
2,39(o)
23, 5 ±
1 ,02 (o)
18, 4±
0,13(a)
13,5-
1,49 (a)

0,67 ±
0,07(o)
37, 4 ±
l,28(o)
22, 9±
3,21 (o)
24. 7 ±
4.20(o)
15,1 ±
0,41(0)
-


0,60 ±
0.04 (o)
"
41,8 ±
1,41 (o)
23,3 ±
l,09(o)

22,4 ±
0,84(o)
12,6 ±
l,56(o)
0,72±
0,04(o)
40, 0±
0,67(o)
25,2 ±
0,47(o)
22,4 ±
0,99(o)
12,4 ±
1.56(0)

0,67 ±
0,03(o)
39.4 ±
5,04(o)
22, 9 ±
2.8fl(o)
24 , 1 "±
2.94(0)
13,7 ±
0.78(o)



0.66±
O.Ol(o)
III (Control)
41,0 ± 0.48

24,9 ± 0,14

20,9 ± 0,42

1,31 ± 0,08

0,70 ±0,02
41 ,5 ± 0,53
23.1 ± 2.51

23,7 ± 3,28

11,7 ± 0,24


0,71 ± 0,01
36,7 ± 1,40

26,7 1 1,85

22,9 ± 0,66
13.7 ± 2,60




0,59 ± 0,04

                •Stitntic.l reli.bilUyi a - 95£) o - Not r.li.bl.
The present author-employed the supravital staining with acridine orange in
1-ZO, 000 dilution (Ye.  B. Zakrzhevskiy and L. G.  Vasil'yeva, 1963).  Speci-
mens prepared in this way did not lose the  advantages of vital staining and
at the same time prolonged the time during which the staining method could
be applied.  Normal and changed leucocytes were  differentiated  by the lumin-
escence intensity of their nuclei.  This method depends  on the extent of
fluorochrome molecule polymerization (Ye. B. Zakrzhevskiy and L.  G.
Vasil'yeva, 1963), which in turn depends  on the condition of the DNA  and RNA
molecules in the protoplasm and in the cell nucleus.  Of considerable im-
portance is the degree of polymerization of the nucleic acids  themselves, the

-------
nature of the complex bond with acridine orange, and the chemical struc-
ture of the nucleic acids.  Nondenatured nucleic acids have a helical struc-
ture and emanate green luminescence,  while denatured ones have the shape
of a single spiral and emanate red luminescence.

          In the early stages of DNA reorganization in the cell nucleus the
luminescence is yellow  instead of the normal green, which later changes to
orange and then to red.   Normal blood has only occasional leucocytes with
altered luminescence, which must be related to their destruction.
                                                 Ubli 5
                    PERCENT Of LEUCOCYTES VI1H CHAM&ED LUMINESCENCE
)b»arv»l ion
p. nod
inFit 1 it ion
lnh« 1 »t ion
Afttr 10 -
20 dtyi
Mi dtyt
70 dtfi
pan od
Sttti*-
1 IC«I
«±.
Mim
M±m
Mf m
M± m
*ni««l group
'
l.25±0,70(o)
5, 75 + 0, 75 (b)
I3,75±3,84(a)
20,25±5,40(a)
I,25±0,63(o)
II
1,25±0,70(0)
2,00±0,82(o)
l,75±0.75(o)
l,25±0,25(o)
l,00±0,58(o)
1 1 1
Control
l,25±0,70
2.25±0,25
l,25±0,25
l,25±0,25
l,50±l,50
              Notci   Stiti.tlo.l r.liibllityi t - 9SJj b - 99
-------
                                                       Tiblt 6
                PERCENT OF HEMOGLOBIN IN RATS" VENOUS BLOOD
Obs«rv»t ion
d.r
Before
inha |« t ion
1 nha 1 at ion
period
Recovery
piriod
Statis-
tical
indeias
f<\ ± m
M+ m
Mi m
Aniaal group
I
60, 0± 1
5I,5±2
63,0±1
,8(0)*
,9(b)
,0(o)
11
60,0L1, 8(0)
59,6+2,1(0)
62,0±2,0(o)
III
Control
60,0+ 1,8
61,2+1,3
59,012,0
                 •Statistical rel iabi I i ty i  b - 99$| 0 -not re Ii«bI •
           Because of a certain disunity character of the data it was neces-
ary to obtain the average oxyhemoglobin content in the blood of rats in all
three groups.  Statistically reliable changes were found only in rats of
Group I; no such changes were observed in rats of Groups II and 111.  The
oxyhemoglobin content in rats of Group I  returned to normal after the 20th
day of the recovery period.

           An experiment conducted by F.  and M.  Berngeym (A. O. Boykar,
1953)  also sheds some light on the role  of vanadium in the redox processes
in the organism.  The authors showed that introduction of metavanadate and
vanadium  acetate in amounts  up to  and including 10-20 g of vanadium en-
hanced tissue  respiration by the granulated liver in higher animals,  raised
oxygen demand by a factor of 10. At the end of the inhalation period tests
were  conducted to determine  the extent of VPO's effect on tissue respiration.
Eleven rats from the three groups  were decapitated  and their livers were  re-
moved.  Respiration of the granulated liver tissue was studied in a Warburg
device.  The results  are shown  in Table 7.
                                                     Tab). 7
                     OXYGEN CONSUMtD BY 500 MG OF GROUND LIVER fN *AfiBURG
                         APPARATUS IN 20 MINUTES ClN MICROLITRE6)
Statis-
tical
Indicator
M±m
Anintl group
I
263.3+~14,9(a)
124%
ll
222,0+11,9(0)
104%
1 1 1
Control
212,3±4,26
100%
                 Note:  Statistical reliability! b - 95|j o -not
                      re IiabIe
           Oxygen demand in rats of Group I was 24 percent higher than in the
 control rats,  a substantially lower increase than the one reported by the
 Berngeyms, in whose experiment vanadium compounds were added directly
 to the granulated tissue in vitro;  whereas in the present study the rats in-

-------
 haled the pentoxide.  Oxygen demand in rats of Group II did not differ re-
 liably from the controls.

           Histological examination of certain internal organs found patho-
 logical changes only in rats of Group I.  The lungs  showed the presence of
 acute stagnant vascular plethora,  focal hemorrhage,  and signs of panbron-
 chitis; in the liver were found acute plethora of the central veins, surround-
 ed by isolated small hemorrhages around them,  individual infiltrates be-
 tween the hepatic  lobules, and signs of granular, cellular dystrophy.  The
 kidneys exhibited  pronounced granular dystrophy of the epithelium of the
 contorted tubicles, which in some sectors showed signs of necrosis.  There
 was acute myocardial vascular plethora  surrounded by focal hemorrhages.

           Results of all tests show that a vanadium pentoxide concentration
 of 0.027 mg/m3  in the air produced in the chronic experiment functional and
 morphological changes in the organism of the test animals;  a concentration
 of 0.002 mg/m3  had no such effect.

          It should be noted that the two  VPO concentrations differed by
 the disparity between the two  test concentrations (almost a factor of 10).
 This  author  conducted in 1964 a second series of tests with an intermediate
 concentration close to the inactive level, using 20 young white male  rats
 divided into  a control group and a group subjected to continuous 40-day in-
 halations of  air containing 0.006±0.0056  mg/m3 of VPO.

          Two tests were conducted in the first series to determine func-
tional  changes-  muscle antagonist chronaxy and leucocyte luminescence,
 and records  of body weight and general well being.  Four rats from  each
group were used in the motor  chronaxy test.  During the first month of
inhalation there were no statistically reliable changes  in the chronaxies
but at the end of that month some small but significant shifts  were found
in the chronaxy ratio of extensors and flexors.

                                                    Ubu 6
                    PERCtNT OF LtULQCTTEi HUH CHAN&EU LUMI NtSCENCE OF
                              NUCLtt (ifcWNO SERlEo)
Qbsarvit ion
period

Before inhalation
Inhilat ion
After 15 diy»
After 30 d*ys ,
After L|Q deye ;
After
Bt»rr»ti on
SUtii-
tical '
Indi-
cttorg
M±m
M + m
M±m

M±n,
AniB*l group

£»p*rl-
MOUI
0,67±0,33(o)
l,50 + 0,56(o)
3,17+1,25(0)

4,83±0.79(b)

Control

0.67 + 0.33
0,60 + 0.40
1,67±0,42

1.00±0.37
Not* i  Statistical r»l i«bi I i ty i b -
     lnbU
                  - 137 -
                                              o - not r»-

-------
          Leucocyte luminescence was studied in 6 rats from each group
(Table 8).  During the first month there were no significant changes.

          Initial shifts appear in the animal organism more clearly under
functional loading.  With this in mind the rats were subjected to a 3^-day
fast during the 6th week of experimental inhalation giving  them only water.
Tests made at the  end of the fast revealed substantial changes in the func-
tional condition of  the test animals.  There was a statistically reliable
change in the  chronaxy ratio of shin flexors and extensors,  and the same
was true of leucocyte luminescence, a 5-fold shift occurring by compari-
son \vith the controls.

                            CONCLUSIONS

          1.   Chronic,  24 hr.,  70-day inhalation by rats of air-polluted
with a VPO concentration of 0. 027 mg/m3 of vanadium pentoxide induces
substantial changes in the functional state of the organism,  as well as
morphological changes in some  organs.

          2.   A concentration of 0.006  mg/m3 produced slight functional
changes which with functional loading in the form of starvation became ag-
g r a v at e d.

          3.   A VPO concentration of 0.002 mg/m3 proved inactive.

          4.   On the basis of this investigation it is recommended that the
maximum average-daily allowable concentration for VPO  in atmospheric
air be set at  0. 002 mg/m3 .
                                  - 133 --

-------
                  AN HYGIENIC STANDARDIZATION OF
            ALPHAMETHYLSTYRENE IN ATMOSPHERIC AIR

                      M. I. Gusev and A.  A. Minayev

                From the F. F. Erisman  Moscow Scientific
                       Research Institute  of Hygiene
          Modern chemical industry is characterized by the progressively
increasing production of synthetic compounds and substances and by changes
and improvements in their  production processes and quality.   In the course
of the 1958-1965 seven-year period production of synthetic rubber increased
by a factor 3-4.  In  this connection it should be noted that a modern divinyl-
methylstyrene synthetic-rubber plant is capable of polluting the air around
it with alphamethylstyrene  (AMS) vapors over a radius of 4000 m.

          AMS is a  homolog of benzene with one unsaturated bond in the side
chain.   It is a colorless or slightly yellowish fluid having a boiling point of
162-163° C and a characteristic  odor of naphthalene (N.  V. Lazarev,  1963).
Some authors investigated its toxic effects in chronic experiments.

          A.  I. Korbakova (1961) and E. A. Kapkayeva (1963) discovered that
exposure to AMS vapors in concentrations  of 10-40 and 5-50 mg/m3  for 5-6
hrs. daily over 6 months affected the functional state of the liver, kidneys,
and central nervous system of white rats.  They also found slight changes
in the peripheral blood of animals exposed to 50 mg/m3 of AMS vapors.
T. A. Blinova (1953, 1954)  found that different AMS  inhalation parameters
(100 mg/m3,   6-7 hrs. daily for  30 days) had a myelotoxic effect in the peri-
pheral blood  of rabbits; erythropenia,  leucotosis with a small  shift to the
left, monocytosis,  and reduced  reticulocyte  count.  Workers engaged in
synthetic rubber production chronic intoxication with AMS vapors plus di-
vinyl developed an asthenovegetative syndrome  and  cerebral asthenia of a
nonspecific type.  Hypotonia and hypothermia have been noted  in workers
at the end of  a work week (E. A. Kapkayeva, 1963; Z. A. Yermolova et al. ,
1964).

          The maximum average-daily allowable concentration of AMS vapors
in atmospheric air was determined next.  Sixty white rats weighing 140-170  g
were divided into 4 groups  of 15 rats each.  Rats of  Group I were exposed to
the inhalation of air containing  5 mg/m3 of AMS 24  hrs.  daily  for 90 con-
secutive days, which is the maximum allowable AMS concentration  in indoor
working premises;  for rats of Group II - 0. 5 mg/m3 ; and for  rats of Group
III - 0. 05 mg/m3 , Group IV served as  controls.  Each  group was divided
into three subgroups of five rats each for investigation of blood, biochemis -

-------
try,  and physiology.  Before experimental inhalation rats were observed
for 45 days of background study.  The experimental inhalation period  ex-
tended over three months followed by a one month's recovery period.   Ex-
perimental data were processed statistically.

           AMS effect on the functional state of the central nervous system
was  evaluated on the basis of the latent period of the unconditioned defen-
sive reflex reaction of the time required for a stimulus to be transmitted
over  a reflex area.

           It  has been established  by  Soviet and foreign authors (V.  V.
Zakusov, 1957; S.  I. Gorshkov, 1964; P.  Tasaki, 1948) that the latent  period
of an unconditioned reflex reaction in laboratory animals  was a fine and
sensitive differentiation of functional changes in the central nervous system
activity resulting from chemical and physical stimuli, due to the fact  that
central synapses and  cells constituted the units in which the most pro-
nounced quantitative changes appeared.

           According to S. I. Gorshkov (1962), "The latent period of a reflex
reaction reflected  the functional state of  an individual tissue at ,the moment
it generated  a single excitory •wave,  more characteristically than did
chronaxy. "

           Precise evaluation of this  reaction requires that the following
conditions be observed:  simultaneous initial reading of latent-period  from
the moment of stimulation and  cessation  of counter operation the moment a
response is generated, stimulation must  be instantaneous; it must be  in
effect only for the  shortest imperative time.  A reflexometer proposed by
Gorshkov (1964) satisfied these  requirements (Fig. 1).

           The following method was  used in this study.  The  rat was  placed
into the chamber with its extremities in contact with parallel metal plates.
The chamber cover and the counter were placed on the  animal's spine.  Af-
ter the time  recorder was switched on a  threshold-tension current was fed
in for the production of unconditioned electrocutaneous  (painful) stimuli.
At the threshold tension the rat was startled, the switch on the cover  was
shorted,  the contact was broken,  and the counter ceased to operate.   The
time elapsed between the moment of the  stimulus (place where the mobile
contact was placed) and the arrow on the counter stopped moving (deter-
mined on the scale of the device) is the (LPURDR) latent period of the un-
conditioned reflex  defense response.

           In one series of tests 5 readings were made with a single cur-
rent tension at intervals of 2-3  min.  (to  avoid trade effects).   The small
differences in the  readings •were regular and constituted a functional charac-
                                  - 140  -

-------
teristic of the central nervous system.  The arithmetic mean of all read.
ings is the LPURDR.
                           Fifl. I.  ft«fl«xoton*Mt*r
                        • - Conputorj   b - AniMl  ch«»fe*r
          The AMS-LPURDR tests were made weekly on 5 rats from each
group.  During the 5th week rats of Group I (5 mg/m3) manifested statisti-
cally reliable depression of the functional state of the central nervous system,
expressed as  an increase in LPURDR (Fig.  2).  By the end of the recovery
period the latent time returned to normal. No changes were noted in rats
of Groups II and III.

          Once every two weeks blood samples were taken to determine the
 contents of nucleic acids, leucocytes, erythrocytes, and hemoglobin, and
 changes  in the leucocyte luminescence.  Erythrocyte counts and hemoglobin
 were determined by  an erythrometer; leucocytes were counted in a Goryayev
 chamber.  The concentrations used in the tests caused no changes in the
 three parameters employed.

          References in the literature indicated that without replacing
 other forms of microscopy (ordinary, phase-contrast, electron,  interfer-
 ence, UV, etc.),  luminescent microscopy offered  additional advantages
 for biological and medical investigations  (Ye.  B.  Zakrzhevskiy, L..  G.
 Vasil'yeva,  1963).  A. D.  Semenko (1963) studied  changes in leucocyte
 coloration caused by atmospheric  pollutants.   M. I.  Gusev and K. N.
 Chekalinov (1963)  were the first to apply this method in establishing hygienic
 norms for toxic air pollutants, directing  their efforts to  pentane in a chronic
                                - 141 - -
                                         .
                                         •
                                       1


                                           -
                                         .


-------
 experiment with animals.
    &UI 13 ft 2//V 3 IS 23 30 7/V It Zt  28
                   lnv«Btig(tion date*
                                                18 25 ZfHI 3 IS 23 30
    2.
I - i a
                    Chanj** m UUnt r»f]«« piriod tffieWby »l|>nftB«thy| -
                                      ityrol
                   g/«J, yroup l} 2 - 0.5 »g/«3, group II, 3 - 0.05 «9/«3.  group
                     11} 1* - Control group. AB - Inhilttion porlod.
           In this connection the present investigation included fluro-
chromed vital liquid  specimens,  acridine orange in a physiological solu-
tion in 1:100, 000 dilution serving as the fluorochrome.  An ON-18 lumines-
cent illuminator \vas  used as the source of light  stimulation.

           Rats of Groups I  and II manifested altered leucocyte  staining
properties from normal green to yellow or  orange-yellow,  the  changes in
Group I  being  more clearly defined and faster  stained.  Group in did not
differ from the controls (Fig. 3).

           Attention of many investigators is at present being directed to
the nucleic acids, the biological  functions of which is closely related to
protein biosynthesis, to the mechanisms of normal and pathological
growth and development, to heredity, and to biological specificity.

           The nucleic acids are  high-molecular organic compounds found
in all biological entities and cells of the organism, and are their constituent
element.  However, up to the present no one has applied them to studies
similar  to the present one.  The present author  employed the spectrophoto-
metric  method of total quantitative determination of the nucleic  acids (RNA
and DNA)  proposed by A.  S. Spirin (1958), in which nucleic acids are ex-
tracted  with hot perchlorate and determined photometrically in the UV band
                                    -  142 -   -

-------
at two wavelengths (270 and 290 millimicrons).  The procedure described
by P. V.  Simonov in 1960-62 was followed in making quantitative blood
analyses.
                  A/Ill  7/V It/tr ll/IV   5/lV   IS/V   l/VI  ^JS/W  JO/VI  ti/VII ' ?8/Vlf

                                  Investigation datM   ,	 "	. _ .

                 Fig. 3.  Effect of ilphaattHyl ttyrol »tpor en Ihk no«t«r of
                         blood  leueooyt«» •! Ih chuc««e».
                            Notctiofi* &••• •• in Fiy. 2.
                    7/ir   Zl/iv
 131*    Z/VI   tSlVI ..XI VI  Hi VII
Invaitigit ion
Fig. M. Eff.ct of tlphtMthylityrol  on th» content of
                     nucleic »cid«.
             Notitioni MB* •• in  Fig.  2.
                                               281 VII
                                                                blood
            The  results,  graphically presented in Fig.  4, show that  by the
4th week of inhalation the Group I AMS concentration  caused a drop in total
nucleic-acid  content; after a brief remission a  new reduction set in which
                                      - 143 -

-------
did not return to normal during the recovery period.  In Groups ,11 and III
the amount of nucleic acid in the  rats' blood did not differ from the con-
trols.
          AMS  effect on porphynn metabolism was judged on the basis of
changes in the rate of copropprphyrin elimination via the daily urine by
5 rats,  determined once every two weeks.  The amount of coproporphyrin
was  determined by the method  described by M. I. Gusev  and Yu.  K. Smirnov
(I960).

          Decrease in rate of  coproporphyrin elimination via  the urine was
noted on the 2d week of experimental inhalation; this decrease  leveled off
in the course of the inhalation experiment;  it  remained above the initial
level even at the end of the recovery period.  The change in Group II was
less pronounced,  and Group III did not differ  from the controls.  Results
are  summarized in'Fig. 5.
                  . 5.
                      Effect of • I phiM thy I oly rol vtfor on unn»ry
                          coproporphyrin.
                      Notations etmt *a in Fij.  2.
           None of the three AMS concentrations used caused any changes in
 the weight and behavior of the animals  during the chronic experiment.

           After experimental inhalation 5  rats in each group were  sacri-
 ficed.  Pathomorphological and histological examinations of the organs show-
                                       i  *^
 ed that an  AMS concentration of  5 mg/m  caused changes in the lungs, kid-
 neys, heart, and liver.

           On the basis of the foregoing the present author concludes-

           1. Alphamethylstyrene vapors in concentration of 5 mg/m3 and
 lower had no effect on the behavior, weight,  and general blood picture
                                  - 144 -

-------
(leucocyte,  erythrocyte, hemoglobin count) of the test animals.

          2.  An AMS concentration of 5 mg/m3 depressed the central ner-
vous system (increased reflex time),  altered the biochemical reactions (re-
duced the content of nucleic acids in the blood and  of coproporphyrin in the
urine),  and  changed the luminescent properties of  the leucocytes.

          Functional changes were  confirmed by pathohistological changes
in lungs, liver, heart,  and kidneys.

          3.  In concentration of 0.  5 mg/m3  AMS  altered only the lumines-
cent properties of the leucocytes, while 0.05 mg/m3 had no effect.

          4.  The maximum average tolerance allowable concentration of
AMS vapors in atmospheric air can be aet at the level of its accepted single-
exposure allowable concentration of 0. 04 mg/m3 which is the inactive level
in chronic inhalation exposure of the experimental animals.
                                - 145 -

-------
                         APPENDIX
   MAXIMAL  ALLOWABLE CONCENTRATIONS  OF  HARMFUL  SUBSTANCES
            IN  ATMOSPHERIC  AIR  OF  INHABITED  ARtAS
                                           Ml Allonblc
                                        Concent rat Ion*
Naae 01 Air KOI lutant
_
1 . Acrolam
2. Alphaaalhy 1 styrol
3, Al phanaptKaquininona
14. A«y laetlata
5. A »y lana
6. A»onia '
7. Am 1 m
0. Aeatona
9. Acetophanona
10. Beniane _ ._
II. benzane, crude oil. lo» in S,
on tha basis of C
12. Ban»enaf ptala oilf on th«
b aft i a of C
13. butyl acalata
|ll. Butyl ana
15. Vyi"1/' »cetat*
16. Haxanethy 1 enaaiaaine
17. Hyeroparom da of I BOpropy 1 b«r>i«na
Smg|(
0,30
0,04 '
0.008
0,10
' 1.5
0.2
0,05
0,35
0,003
J'-5

"
o!o5
0.1
3.0
0,2
0.001
0,007
It). Divinyl 3,0
19. Dichloroathana
20. 0 iBcthy 1 f OTMBI da
21. D i ny 1
22. 1 aopropy Ibanzana
23. Nitric acid, HN03; on tha ba»ia
of H
2^. Sulfur.c acid, Hp£0L on tha
basis of H ' t
25. Hydrochloric acid, on tha
basi B of H
26. Xylo
27. Metanol
20. Itethy l*cat«ta
29. Halcin anhydrida
30. Methy laatacry lata
3,0
0,03
0,01
' 0,014
0.4
J),006
0,3
0,006
0,2
0,006
On
,2
i n
& ,u
0 07
V | V •
0.5
O.I
"ass.
0,10
0.04
0,10
1.5
—
0.03
0.35
0.003
0.80

i ^
1,5
0,05
0.1
3.0
'0.2
0,001
0,007
1 ,0
1,0
0,03
0,01
0.014
—
—
0.1
0,002
—
—

0 5
\J | *J
0,07
0.05
O.I
• Appro»«d by th« Chi«f Sanitary Offi««r of th« USSR, l«5.
                           -  146   -

-------
APPHDK COgT.'O*
Naae of Air Pal lulanl :
31. Manganea* and ita ooapouad.
in tara of HnuS
a.
32. Araenic .
llnorganio coBpounds)
(Hydrogen arsenide excluded)
33. Nitrobenzene
3M . Carbon lanovide
35. 0*jd«» •*, nitrogen, on the
Baaia of NjOa
IS." "5*ide of ethyTene
37. Pyndine
38. Propy leae
39. Dual, nontoMic
MO. VanadluB pentomde
Ml. Mercury, aatallic ,
M2. Sulfur dioiide
M3. Hydrogen culfide _ :
MM. Carbon biaulfida
MS. Lamp Blank
M6. Lead and Its compound a.
(tetraethy lead excluded) as Pb
M7. Lead »ulf ide
M8. Styrol
M9. Toluldma Iftoc/nate
50. Toluol
51. Foraaldehyda
52. PhoB.horlc anhydride
53. Phthalic anhydride
54. fluorine covpounds, computed on
the .baai* of F
55. HydroMuonde
36. Phenol
57. Furfurol
58. Chlorine
S9. Chlorobeniana
60, Chloroprene
b«bia «f CrCj
62. Epichlorohydrln
63. Ethenol hydrolyllo, oa th« b»8ie
of ethanol
6M. Ethylaeetata '.
65. Ethv lene ' , " ' •

67. Cyelohenanon
i
Con cent rat lona
Uaiieal
Single .


'
—
o.ooa
6.0
0,3
0,3
0.08
3,0
0.5
— "
^
0'.5
0,008
0,03
0.15
,
0,003
0,05 .
0,6
0,035
0, 15
0,,'2

0,03
0,02
0,01
0.05
0,1
0 1
0,25

0.0015
0.2
,
5,0
01
, i
3,0
0,06
0.04
' Average
Ojj -tlQU^T
4

0,01
0,003
0.008
1,0
0,1
0,03
0,08
3,0
0. 15
0,002
0.0003
0,15
0,008
0,01
0,05

0,0007
0,0017
0.003
0.02
0,012
0,05
— k f\
0,2

0,01
0,01
0,01
0.05
0,03
0.1
0,08

0.0015
0.2

5.0
01
,1
3.0
0.06
0,01
    - 147 -

-------
Notes:                    -                         '         -

          1.  In cases of simultaneous presence-ln the air of more than one
pollutant the MAC of which are subject to the summation principle,  the sum
of their concentrations must be computed by the formula discussed  in Note 2.
The summation must not exceed 1 in the following combinations:

          a) Sulfur dioxide  and sulfuric acid aerosol;
          b) Hydrogen sulfide, carbon disulfide and dinyl;
          c) Isopropylene benzene and hydroperoxlde of isopropy-
               lene benzene;
          d) Ethylene,  propylene, butylene and amylene;
          e) Sulfuric acid,  hydrochloric acid and nitric acid (on
               the hydrogen ion basis);
          f)  Acetone and phenol;
          g) Acetone and acetophenone.

          2.  Computation formula:

              X = A /Mj.  + B /Ma + C /Mg  + D /M«,  +  etc.                       •

              where X is the sought summation concentration and

                   A/Mi.  + B/MSJ  + C/Mg

              are the concentrations of pollutant components divided

              by their corresponding  MAC.

          3.  Where the  atmospheric  air contained hydrogen sulfide and
carbon disulfide their corresponding integral MAC  values and not their
fractional values should form the computation basis.
                                 - -148  -

-------